This is a modern-English version of The Development of Metaphysics in Persia: A Contribution to the History of Muslim Philosophy, originally written by Iqbal, Muhammad, Sir.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Transcriber's Notes:
Transcriber's Notes:
Variations in spelling and hyphenation have been retained as in the original.
Variations in spelling and hyphenation have been kept as in the original.
A few typographical errors have been corrected. They are shown in the text with mouse-hover popups. Errors noted in the printed Errata list are similarly marked. Position your mouse over the word to see the correction. A complete list of changes follows the text.
A few typos have been fixed. You can see them in the text with mouse-hover popups. Errors noted in the printed Errata list are also marked. Hover your mouse over the word to see the correction. A complete list of changes follows the text.
To see an image of the original page, click on the page number in the right margin.
To view an image of the original page, click on the page number in the right margin.
THE
DEVELOPMENT OF METAPHYSICS
IN
PERSIA
THE DEVELOPMENT OF METAPHYSICS IN PERSIA
THE
DEVELOPMENT OF METAPHYSICS
IN
PERSIA:
A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY
OF MUSLIM PHILOSOPHY
BY
B. A. (Cantab) M. A. (Pb.) Ph. D. (Munich).
B.A. (Cambridge) M.A. (Pb.) Ph.D. (Munich).
LONDON
LUZAC & Co. 46, Great Russell Street W. C.
1908
LONDON
LUZAC & Co. 46, Great Russell Street W. C.
1908
Printed by E. J. BRILL.—LEIDEN (Holland).
Printed by E. J. BRILL.—LEIDEN (Netherlands).
DEDICATION
DEDICATION
to
to
Professor T. W. ARNOLD M. A.
Professor T.W. Arnold, M.A.
My dear Mr. Arnold,
My dear Mr. Arnold,
This little book is the first-fruit of that literary and philosophical training which I have been receiving from you for the last ten years, and as an expression of gratitude I beg to dedicate it to your name. You have always judged me liberally; I hope you will judge these pages in the same spirit.
This little book is the first result of the literary and philosophical training I've received from you over the last ten years, and as a token of gratitude, I would like to dedicate it to you. You've always been fair in your assessment of me; I hope you'll approach these pages with the same mindset.
Your affectionate pupil
Your devoted student
Iqbal.
Iqbal.
INTRODUCTION.
The most remarkable feature of the character of the Persian people is their love of Metaphysical speculation. Yet the inquirer who approaches the extant literature of Persia expecting to find any comprehensive systems of thought, like those of Kapila or Kant, will have to turn back disappointed, though deeply impressed by the wonderful intellectual subtlety displayed therein. It seems to me that the Persian mind is rather impatient of detail, and consequently destitute of that organising faculty which gradually works out a system of ideas, by interpreting the fundamental principles with reference to the ordinary facts of observation. The subtle Brahman sees the inner unity of things; so does the Persian. But while the former endeavours to discover it in all the aspects of human experience, and illustrates its hidden presence in the concrete in various [Pg viii] ways, the latter appears to be satisfied with a bare universality, and does not attempt to verify the richness of its inner content. The butterfly imagination of the Persian flies, half-inebriated as it were, from flower to flower, and seems to be incapable of reviewing the garden as a whole. For this reason his deepest thoughts and emotions find expression mostly in disconnected verses (Ghazal) which reveal all the subtlety of his artistic soul. The Hindū, while admitting, like the Persian, the necessity of a higher source of knowledge, yet calmly moves from experience to experience, mercilessly dissecting them, and forcing them to yield their underlying universality. In fact the Persian is only half-conscious of Metaphysics as a system of thought; his Brahman brother, on the other hand, is fully alive to the need of presenting his theory in the form of a thoroughly reasoned out system. And the result of this mental difference between the two nations is clear. In the one case we have only partially worked out systems of thought; in the other case, the awful sublimity of the searching Vedānta. The student of Islamic [Pg ix] Mysticism who is anxious to see an all-embracing exposition of the principle of Unity, must look up the heavy volumes of the Andalūsian Ibn al-‘Arabī, whose profound teaching stands in strange contrast with the dry-as-dust Islam of his countrymen.
The most notable characteristic of the Persian people is their passion for Metaphysical speculation. However, anyone who dives into the existing literature of Persia hoping to find comprehensive systems of thought, like those of Kapila or Kant, will likely come away disappointed, though deeply impressed by the remarkable intellectual subtlety displayed within. It seems to me that the Persian mind tends to be impatient with details, which leaves it lacking that organizing ability that steadily develops a system of ideas by interpreting fundamental principles in relation to observable facts. The insightful Brahman perceives the inner unity of things; the Persian does too. But while the former seeks to uncover it in all aspects of human experience and illustrates its hidden presence in various concrete ways, the latter seems content with mere universality and doesn’t try to validate the depth of its inner content. The whimsical imagination of the Persian flits, almost drunkenly, from flower to flower, appearing incapable of reviewing the garden as a whole. For this reason, his deepest thoughts and emotions often find expression in disconnected verses (Ghazaal), showcasing the subtlety of his artistic soul. The Hindū, while acknowledging, like the Persian, the need for a higher source of knowledge, calmly transitions from experience to experience, dissecting them mercilessly, insisting they yield their underlying universality. In fact, the Persian is only half-aware of Metaphysics as a system of thought; his Brahman counterpart, on the other hand, fully recognizes the need to present his theories as a well-reasoned system. The outcome of this cognitive difference between the two nations is evident. In one case, we have only partially developed systems of thought; in the other, the awe-inspiring depth of the searching Vedānta. The student of Islamic Mysticism eager to explore a comprehensive explanation of the principle of Unity must consult the dense volumes of the Andalūsian Ibn al-‘Arabī, whose profound teachings stand in stark contrast to the dry-as-dust Islam of his fellow countrymen.
The results, however, of the intellectual activity of the different branches of the great Aryan family are strikingly similar. The outcome of all Idealistic speculation in India is Buddha, in Persia Bahāullah, and in the west Schopenhauer whose system, in Hegelian language, is the marriage of free oriental universality with occidental determinateness.
The results, however, of the intellectual activity of the different branches of the great Aryan family are strikingly similar. The outcome of all idealistic thinking in India is Buddha, in Persia it's Bahāullah, and in the West, it's Schopenhauer whose system, in Hegelian terms, is the blending of free Eastern universality with Western determinateness.
But the history of Persian thought presents a phenomenon peculiar to itself. In Persia, due perhaps to semitic influences, philosophical speculation has indissolubly associated itself with religion, and thinkers in new lines of thought have almost always been founders of new religious movements. After the Arab conquest, however, we see pure Philosophy severed from religion by the Neo-Platonic Aristotelians of Islam, but the severance was only a transient phenomenon. Greek philosophy, [Pg x] though an exotic plant in the soil of Persia, eventually became an integral part of Persian thought; and later thinkers, critics as well as advocates of Greek wisdom, talked in the philosophical language of Aristotle and Plato, and were mostly influenced by religious presuppositions. It is necessary to bear this fact in mind in order to gain a thorough understanding of post-Islamic Persian thought.
But the history of Persian thought shows a unique phenomenon. In Persia, possibly due to semitic influences, philosophical thinking has been closely linked with religion, and thinkers exploring new ideas have almost always started new religious movements. After the Arab conquest, we observe a separation of pure Philosophy from religion by the Neo-Platonic Aristotelians of Islam, but this separation was only temporary. Greek philosophy, [Pg x] though an unfamiliar addition to Persian culture, eventually became a vital part of Persian thought; and later thinkers, who were both critics and supporters of Greek philosophy, engaged in the philosophical language of Aristotle and Plato, and were largely shaped by religious beliefs. It's important to keep this in mind to fully understand post-Islamic Persian thought.
The object of this investigation is, as will appear, to prepare a ground-work for a future history of Persian Metaphysics. Original thought cannot be expected in a review, the object of which is purely historical; yet I venture to claim some consideration for the following two points:—
The goal of this investigation is, as will be revealed, to lay the foundation for a future history of Persian Metaphysics. One shouldn’t expect original thought in a review that is purely historical; however, I would like to draw attention to the following two points:—
(a) I have endeavoured to trace the logical continuity of Persian thought, which I have tried to interpret in the language of modern Philosophy. This, as far as I know, has not yet been done.
(a) I have worked to follow the logical flow of Persian thought, which I have attempted to explain using modern philosophical language. As far as I know, this has not been done yet.
(b) I have discussed the subject of Ṣūfīism in a more scientific manner, and have attempted to bring out the intellectual conditions which necessitated such a phenomenon. In opposition, [Pg xi] therefore, to the generally accepted view I have tried to maintain that Ṣūfīism is a necessary product of the play of various intellectual and moral forces which would necessarily awaken the slumbering soul to a higher ideal of life.
(b) I've talked about the topic of Sufism in a more analytical way and have tried to highlight the intellectual conditions that made such a phenomenon necessary. In contrast to the widely accepted viewpoint, I have argued that Sufism is an essential outcome of the interaction of various intellectual and moral forces that inevitably stir the dormant soul to aspire to a higher ideal of life.
Owing to my ignorance of Zend, my knowledge of Zoroaster is merely second-hand. As regards the second part of my work, I have been able to look up the original Persian and Arabic manuscripts as well as many printed works connected with my investigation. I give below the names of Arabic and Persian manuscripts from which I have drawn most of the material utilized here. The method of transliteration adopted is the one recognised by the Royal Asiatic Society.
Owing to my lack of knowledge about Zend, my understanding of Zoroaster is just second-hand. For the second part of my work, I've managed to look up the original Persian and Arabic manuscripts, along with various printed works related to my research. Below, I provide the names of the Arabic and Persian manuscripts from which I've gathered most of the material used here. The transliteration method I’ve used is the one recognized by the Royal Asiatic Society.
1. Tārīkh al-Ḥukamā, by Al-Baihaqī. | Royal Library of Berlin. |
2. Sharḥi Anwāriyya, (with the original text)
by Muḥammad Sharīf of Herāt. | Royal Library of Berlin. |
3. Ḥikmat al-‘Ain, by al-Kātibī. | Royal Library of Berlin. |
4. Commentary on Ḥikmat al-‘Ain, by
Muḥammad ibn Mubārak al-Bukhārī. | India Office Library. |
5. Commentary on Ḥikmat al-‘Ain
by Ḥusainī. | India Office Library. |
6. ‘Awārif al-Ma‘ārif, by Shahāb al-Dīn. | India Office Library. |
7. Mishkāt al-Anwār, by Al-Ghazālī. | India Office Library. [Pg xii] |
8. Kashf al-Maḥjūb, by ‘Alī Hajverī. | India Office Library. |
9. Risālahi Nafs translated from
Aristotle, by Afḍal Kāshī. | India Office Library. |
10. Risālahi Mīr Sayyid Sharīf. | India Office Library. |
11. Khātima, by Sayyid Muḥammad
Gisūdarāz. | India Office Library. |
12. Manāzilal-sā’rīn, by ‘Abdullah Ismāi’l of Herāt. | India Office Library. |
13. Jāwidān Nāma, by Afḍal Kāshī. | India Office Library. |
14. Tārīkh al-Ḥukamā, by Shahrzūrī. | British Museum Library. |
15. Collected works of Avicenna. | British Museum Library. |
16. Risalah fi’l-Wujūd, by Mīr Jurjānī. | British Museum Library. |
17. Jāwidāni Kabīr. | Cambridge University Library. |
18. Jāmi Jahān Numā. | Cambridge University Library. |
19. Majmu‘ai Fārsī Risālah No: 1, 2,
of Al-Nasafī. | Trinity College Library. |
S. M. IQBAL.
S. M. Iqbal.
CONTENTS.
PART I. Pre-Islamic Persian Philosophy. | ||
Page | ||
Chapter I. | Persian Dualism | 1 |
Sec: I. | Zoroaster | 1 |
Sec: II. | Mānī and Mazdak | 12 |
Sec: III. | Retrospect | 20 |
PART II. Greek Dualism. | ||
Chapter II. | Neo-Platonic Aristotelians of Persia | 22 |
Sec: I. | Ibn Maskawaih | 26 |
Sec: II. | Avicenna | 38 |
Chapter III. | Islamic Rationalism | 45 |
Sec: I. | Metaphysics of Rationalism—Materialism | 45 |
Sec: II. | Contemporary movements of thought | 55 |
Sec: III. | Reaction against Rationalism—The Ash‘arite | 65 |
Chapter IV. | Controversy between Realism and Idealism | 81 |
Chapter V. | Ṣūfīism. | 96 |
Sec: I. | The origin and Quranic justification of Ṣūfīism | 96 |
Sec: II. | Aspects of Ṣūfī Metaphysics | 111 |
A. | Reality as Self-conscious Will | 112 |
B. | Reality as Beauty | 112 |
C. | (1) Reality as Light | 120 |
(Return to Persian Dualism—Al-Ishrāqī). | ||
(2) Reality as Thought—Al-Jīlī | 121 | |
Chapter VI. | Later Persian Thought | 174 |
Conclusion | 192 |
PART I.
Pre-Islamic Persian Philosophy.
CHAP. I.
PERSIAN DUALISM.
§ I.
Zoroaster.
To Zoroaster—the ancient sage of Iran—must always be assigned the first place in the intellectual history of Iranian Aryans who, wearied of constant roaming, settled down to an agricultural life at a time when the Vedic Hymns were still being composed in the plains of Central Asia. This new mode of life and the consequent stability of the institution of property among the settlers, made them hated by other Aryan tribes who had not yet shaken off their original nomadic habits, and occasionally plundered their more civilised kinsmen. Thus grew up the conflict between the two [Pg 2] modes of life which found its earliest expression in the denunciation of the deities of each other—the Devas and the Ahuras. It was really the beginning of a long individualising process which gradually severed the Iranian branch from other Aryan tribes, and finally manifested itself in the religious system of Zoroaster[2:1]—the great prophet of Iran who lived and taught in the age of Solon and Thales. In the dim light of modern oriental research we see ancient Iranians divided between two camps—partisans of the powers of good, and partisans of the powers of evil—when the great sage joins their furious contest, and with his moral enthusiasm stamps out once for all the worship of demons as well as the intolerable ritual of the Magian priesthood.
To Zoroaster—the ancient sage of Iran—must always be given the top spot in the intellectual history of Iranian Aryans who, tired of constant wandering, settled into an agricultural lifestyle at a time when the Vedic Hymns were still being created in the plains of Central Asia. This new way of life and the resulting stability of property among the settlers caused them to be disliked by other Aryan tribes who hadn’t yet abandoned their nomadic ways, leading to occasional raids on their more civilized relatives. This created a conflict between the two lifestyles, which first showed up in the condemnation of each other's deities—the Devas and the Ahuras. It was essentially the beginning of a long process of individualization that gradually separated the Iranian branch from other Aryan tribes, eventually showing itself in the religious system of Zoroaster—the great prophet of Iran who lived and taught during the time of Solon and Thales. In the vague light of modern oriental research, we see ancient Iranians split into two factions—supporters of the powers of good and supporters of the powers of evil—when the great sage enters their fierce dispute and, with his moral fervor, eliminates the worship of demons along with the unbearable rituals of the Magian priesthood.
It is, however, beside our purpose to trace the origin and growth of Zoroaster's religious system. Our object, in so far as the present investigation is concerned, is to glance at the metaphysical side of his revelation. We, therefore, [Pg 3] wish to fix our attention on the sacred trinity of philosophy—God, Man and Nature.
It’s not our goal to explore the origin and development of Zoroaster's religious system. In this investigation, we aim to look at the metaphysical aspect of his revelation. So, we want to focus on the sacred trinity of philosophy—God, Man, and Nature. [Pg 3]
Geiger, in his "Civilisation of Eastern Iranians in Ancient Times", points out that Zoroaster inherited two fundamental principles from his Aryan ancestry.—(1) There is law in Nature. (2) There is conflict in Nature. It is the observation of law and conflict in the vast panorama of being that constitutes the philosophical foundation of his system. The problem before him was to reconcile the existence of evil with the eternal goodness of God. His predecessors worshipped a plurality of good spirits all of which he reduced to a unity and called it Ahuramazda. On the other hand he reduced all the powers of evil to a similar unity and called it Druj-Ahriman. Thus by a process of unification he arrived at two fundamental principles which, as Haug shows, he looked upon not as two independent activities, but as two parts or rather aspects of the same Primary Being. Dr. Haug, therefore, holds that the Prophet of ancient Iran was theologically a monotheist and philosophically a [Pg 4] dualist.[4:1] But to maintain that there are "twin"[4:2] spirits—creators of reality and nonreality—and at the same time to hold that these two spirits are united in the Supreme Being,[4:3] is virtually to say that the principle of evil constitutes a part of the very essence of God; and the conflict between good and evil is nothing more than the struggle of God against Himself. There is, therefore, an inherent weakness in his attempt to reconcile theological monotheism with philosophical dualism, and the result was a schism among the prophet's followers. The Zendiks[4:4] whom Dr. Haug calls heretics, but who were, I believe, decidedly more consistent than their opponents, maintained the independence of the two original spirits from each other, while the Magi upheld their unity. The upholders of unity endeavoured, in various ways, to meet the Zendiks; but the [Pg 5] very fact that they tried different phrases and expressions to express the unity of the "Primal Twins", indicates dissatisfaction with their own philosophical explanations, and the strength of their opponent's position. Shahrastānī[5:1] describes briefly the different explanations of the Magi. The Zarwānians look upon Light and Darkness as the sons of Infinite Time. The Kiyūmarthiyya hold that the original principle was Light which was afraid of a hostile power, and it was this thought of an adversary mixed with fear that led to the birth of Darkness. Another branch of Zarwānians maintain that the original principle doubted concerning something and this doubt produced Ahriman. Ibn Ḥazm[5:2] speaks of another sect who explained the principle of Darkness as the obscuration of a part of the fundamental principle of Light itself.
Geiger, in his "Civilization of Eastern Iranians in Ancient Times," points out that Zoroaster inherited two fundamental principles from his Aryan ancestry. (1) There is law in Nature. (2) There is conflict in Nature. Observing law and conflict in the vast panorama of existence forms the philosophical foundation of his system. His challenge was to reconcile the existence of evil with the eternal goodness of God. His predecessors worshipped many good spirits, which he unified into one and called Ahuramazda. Conversely, he consolidated all the powers of evil into a single entity, naming it Druj-Ahriman. By this process of unification, he arrived at two fundamental principles that, as Haug notes, he viewed not as two separate activities, but as two parts or aspects of the same Primary Being. Dr. Haug therefore argues that the Prophet of ancient Iran was theologically a monotheist and philosophically a dualist. However, to claim that there are "twin" spirits—creators of reality and non-reality—while simultaneously asserting that these two spirits are united in the Supreme Being, effectively implies that the principle of evil is a part of the very essence of God; suggesting that the conflict between good and evil is merely the struggle of God against Himself. Therefore, there is an inherent weakness in his effort to reconcile theological monotheism with philosophical dualism, resulting in a schism among the prophet's followers. The Zendiks, whom Dr. Haug labels as heretics, but who I believe were notably more consistent than their opponents, maintained the independence of the two original spirits from one another, while the Magi insisted on their unity. The proponents of unity tried various approaches to address the Zendiks, but the very fact that they used different phrases and expressions to convey the unity of the "Primal Twins" indicates dissatisfaction with their own philosophical explanations and the strength of their opponent's position. Shahrastānī briefly outlines the different explanations of the Magi. The Zarwānians view Light and Darkness as the sons of Infinite Time. The Kiyūmarthiyya believe the original principle was Light, which feared a hostile power, and it was this thought of an adversary mixed with fear that led to the birth of Darkness. Another branch of the Zarwānians maintains that the original principle doubted something, and this doubt produced Ahriman. Ibn Ḥazm speaks of another sect that described the principle of Darkness as the obscuration of a part of the fundamental principle of Light itself.
Whether the philosophical dualism of Zoroaster can be reconciled with his monotheism or not, it is unquestionable that, from a metaphysical standpoint, he has made a profound [Pg 6] suggestion in regard to the ultimate nature of reality. The idea seems to have influenced ancient Greek Philosophy[6:1] as well as early Christian Gnostic speculation, and through the latter, some aspects of modern western thought.[6:2] [Pg 7] As a thinker he is worthy of great respect not only because he approached the problem of objective multiplicity in a philosophical spirit; but also because he endeavoured, having been led to metaphysical dualism, to reduce his Primary Duality to a higher unity. He seems to have perceived, what the mystic shoemaker of Germany perceived long after him, that the diversity of nature could not be explained without postulating a principle of negativity or self-differentiation in the very nature of God. His immediate successors did not, however, quite realise the deep significance of their master's suggestions; but we shall see, as we advance, how Zoroaster's idea finds a more spiritualised expression in some of the aspects of later Persian thought.
Whether Zoroaster's philosophical dualism can be harmonized with his monotheism or not, it is clear that, from a metaphysical perspective, he offered a significant suggestion about the ultimate nature of reality. This idea appears to have influenced ancient Greek Philosophy as well as early Christian Gnostic speculation, and through the latter, some aspects of modern Western thought. As a thinker, he deserves great respect not only because he tackled the issue of objective multiplicity with a philosophical mindset, but also because, after embracing metaphysical dualism, he aimed to unify his Primary Duality into a higher oneness. He seemed to understand, much like the mystic shoemaker in Germany who came long after him, that the variation in nature couldn’t be explained without assuming a principle of negativity or self-differentiation within the essence of God. However, his immediate successors did not fully grasp the deep significance of their teacher’s insights, but we will observe, as we progress, how Zoroaster's ideas find a more spiritual expression in some elements of later Persian thought.
Turning now to his Cosmology, his dualism leads him to bifurcate, as it were, the whole universe into two departments of being—reality i.e. the sum of all good creations flowing [Pg 8] from the creative activity of the beneficial spirit, and non-reality[8:1] i.e. the sum of all evil creations proceeding from the hostile spirit. The original conflict of the two spirits is manifested in the opposing forces of nature, which, therefore, presents a continual struggle between the powers of Good and the powers of Evil. But it should be remembered that nothing intervenes between the original spirits and their respective creations. Things are good and bad because they proceed from good or bad creative agencies, in their own nature they are quite indifferent. Zoroaster's conception of creation is fundamentally different from that of Plato and Schopenhauer to whom spheres of empirical reality reflect non-temporal or temporal ideas which, so to speak, mediate between Reality and Appearance. There are, according to Zoroaster, only two categories of existence, and the history of the universe is nothing more than a progressive conflict between [Pg 9] the forces falling respectively under these categories. We are, like other things, partakers of this struggle, and it is our duty to range ourselves on the side of Light which will eventually prevail and completely vanquish the spirit of Darkness. The metaphysics of the Iranian Prophet, like that of Plato, passes on into Ethics, and it is in the peculiarity of the Ethical aspect of his thought that the influence of his social environments is most apparent.
Turning now to his Cosmology, his dualism leads him to split the entire universe into two categories—reality, meaning all the good creations that come from the creative activity of the beneficial spirit, and non-reality, referring to all the evil creations that stem from the hostile spirit. The original conflict between the two spirits is reflected in the opposing forces of nature, resulting in a constant struggle between the powers of Good and Evil. It’s important to understand that there is nothing that intervenes between the original spirits and their respective creations. Things are considered good or bad based on whether they come from good or bad creative forces; in their essence, they are neutral. Zoroaster’s view of creation is fundamentally different from that of Plato and Schopenhauer, who see empirical reality as reflecting timeless or temporal ideas that mediate between Reality and Appearance. According to Zoroaster, there are only two categories of existence, and the history of the universe is simply a continuous conflict between forces that fall under these categories. We are, like everything else, participants in this struggle, and it is our responsibility to align ourselves with the side of Light, which will ultimately triumph and completely defeat the spirit of Darkness. The metaphysics of the Iranian Prophet, similar to Plato's, transitions into Ethics, and the influence of his social environments is most apparent in the unique Ethical aspects of his thought.
Zoroaster's view of the destiny of the soul is very simple. The soul, according to him, is a creation, not a part of God as the votaries of Mithra[9:1] afterwards maintained. It had a beginning in time, but can attain to everlasting life by fighting against Evil in the earthly scene of its activity. It is free to choose between the only two courses of action—good [Pg 10] and evil; and besides the power of choice the spirit of Light has endowed it with the following faculties:—
Zoroaster's view of the soul's destiny is quite straightforward. He believed that the soul is a creation rather than a part of God, as the followers of Mithra later claimed. It has a beginning in time but can achieve eternal life by fighting against Evil while on Earth. The soul has the freedom to choose between two paths—good and evil. In addition to this power of choice, the spirit of Light has given it the following abilities:—
1. Conscience[10:1].
2. Vital force.
2. Life force.
3. The Soul—The Mind.
3. The Soul—The Brain.
4. The Spirit—Reason.
4. The Spirit—Logic.
The last three[10:3] faculties are united together after death, and form an indissoluble whole. The virtuous soul, leaving its home of flesh, is borne up into higher regions, and has to [Pg 11] pass through the following planes of existence:—
The last three[10:3] faculties come together after death, creating an unbreakable unity. The virtuous soul, departing from its physical body, ascends into higher realms and must navigate through the following planes of existence:—
1. The Place of good thoughts.
1. The Place of positive thoughts.
2. The Place of good words.
2. The Importance of Kind Words.
3. The Place of good works.
3. The Importance of Good Deeds.
§ II.
Mānī
[12:1]
and Mazdak
[12:2].
We have seen Zoroaster's solution of the problem of diversity, and the theological or rather philosophical controversy which split up the Zoroastrian Church. The half-Persian Mānī—"the founder of Godless community" as Christians styled him afterwards—agrees with those Zoroastrians who held the Prophet's doctrine in its naked form, and approaches the question in a spirit thoroughly materialistic. Originally Persian his father emigrated from [Pg 13] Hamadān to Babylonia where Mānī was born in 215 or 216 A.D.—the time when Buddhistic Missionaries were beginning to preach Nirvāna to the country of Zoroaster. The eclectic character of the religious system of Mānī, its bold extension of the Christian idea of redemption, and its logical consistency in holding, as a true ground for an ascetic life, that the world is essentially evil, made it a real power which influenced not only Eastern and Western Christian thought [13:1], but has also left some dim marks on the development of metaphysical speculation in Persia. Leaving the discussion of the sources [13:2] of Mānī's religious [Pg 14] system to the orientalist, we proceed to describe and finally to determine the philosophical value of his doctrine of the origin of the Phenomenal Universe.
We’ve explored Zoroaster's way of dealing with diversity and the theological, or rather philosophical, debate that divided the Zoroastrian Church. The half-Persian Mānī—"the founder of the Godless community," as Christians later called him—aligns with those Zoroastrians who embraced the Prophet's teachings in their pure form and tackles the issue from a purely materialistic perspective. Originally Persian, his father moved from Hamadān to Babylonia, where Mānī was born around 215 or 216 A.D.—the time when Buddhist missionaries were starting to introduce Nirvāna to Zoroaster's homeland. The mixed nature of Mānī's religious system, its bold expansion of the Christian concept of redemption, and its logical rationale for living an ascetic life by asserting that the world is fundamentally evil made it a significant force that impacted both Eastern and Western Christian thought, and it has also left subtle influences on the evolution of metaphysical thinking in Persia. For now, we’ll leave the exploration of Mānī's religious sources to the orientalist, and instead, we’ll describe and ultimately assess the philosophical significance of his ideas regarding the origin of the Phenomenal Universe.
The Paganising gnostic, as Erdmann calls him, teaches that the variety of things springs from the mixture of two eternal Principles—Light and Darkness—which are separate from and independent of each other. The Principle of Light connotes ten ideas—Gentleness, Knowledge, Understanding, Mystery, Insight, Love, Conviction, Faith, Benevolence and Wisdom. Similarly the Principle of Darkness connotes five eternal ideas—Mistiness, Heat, Fire, Venom, Darkness. Along with these two primordial principles and connected with each, Mānī recognises the eternity of space and earth, each connoting respectively the ideas of knowledge, understanding, mystery, insight, breath, air, water, light and fire. In darkness—the feminine Principle in Nature—were hidden the elements of evil which, in course of time, [Pg 15] concentrated and resulted in the composition, so to speak, of the hideous looking Devil—the principle of activity. This first born child of the fiery womb of darkness, attacked the domain of the King of Light who, in order to ward off his malicious onslaught, created the Primal man. A serious conflict ensued between the two creatures, and resulted in the complete vanquishment of the Primal Man. The evil one, then, succeeded in mixing together the five elements of darkness with the five elements of light. Thereupon the ruler of the domain of light ordered some of his angels to construct the Universe out of these mixed elements with a view to free the atoms of light from their imprisonment. But the reason why darkness was the first to attack light, is that the latter, being in its essence good, could not proceed to start the process of admixture which was essentially harmful to itself. The attitude of Mānī's Cosmology, therefore, to the Christian doctrine of Redemption is similar to that of Hegelian Cosmology to the doctrine of the Trinity. To him redemption is a physical process, [Pg 16] and all procreation, because it protracts the imprisonment of light, is contrary to the aim and object of the Universe. The imprisoned atoms of light are continually set free from darkness which is thrown down in the unfathomable ditch round the Universe. The liberated light, however, passes on to the sun and the moon whence it is carried by angels to the region of light—the eternal home of the King of Paradise—"Pîd i vazargîî"—Father of greatness.
The Paganizing gnostic, as Erdmann refers to him, teaches that the diversity of things comes from the blend of two eternal Principles—Light and Darkness—which are separate from and independent of one another. The Principle of Light represents ten ideas—Gentleness, Knowledge, Understanding, Mystery, Insight, Love, Conviction, Faith, Benevolence, and Wisdom. In the same way, the Principle of Darkness represents five eternal ideas—Mistiness, Heat, Fire, Venom, and Darkness. Alongside these two fundamental principles, Mānī acknowledges the eternity of space and earth, each representing the ideas of knowledge, understanding, mystery, insight, breath, air, water, light, and fire. In darkness—the feminine Principle in Nature—were hidden the elements of evil which, over time, concentrated and formed the hideous-looking Devil—the principle of activity. This firstborn child of the fiery womb of darkness attacked the domain of the King of Light, who, to defend against his malicious attack, created the Primal man. A serious conflict arose between the two beings, resulting in the complete defeat of the Primal Man. The evil one then succeeded in mixing together the five elements of darkness with the five elements of light. Consequently, the ruler of the light domain ordered some of his angels to create the Universe from these mixed elements to free the atoms of light from their imprisonment. However, the reason darkness attacked light first is that light, being essentially good, could not initiate the harmful process of mixing. Therefore, Mānī's view of Cosmology regarding the Christian doctrine of Redemption is similar to that of Hegelian Cosmology concerning the doctrine of the Trinity. For him, redemption is a physical process, and all procreation, which prolongs the imprisonment of light, opposes the aim and purpose of the Universe. The imprisoned atoms of light are continually liberated from darkness, which is cast down into the unfathomable pit surrounding the Universe. The freed light, however, moves on to the sun and the moon from where it is transported by angels to the realm of light—the eternal home of the King of Paradise—"Pîd i vazargîî"—Father of greatness.
This is a brief account of Mānī's fantastic Cosmology. [16:1] He rejects the Zoroastrian hypothesis of creative agencies to explain the problem of objective existence. Taking a thoroughly materialistic view of the question, he ascribes the phenomenal universe to the mixture of two independent, eternal principles, one of which (darkness) is not only a part of the universe—stuff, but also the source wherein activity resides, as it were, slumbering, and starts up into being [Pg 17] when the favourable moment arrives. The essential idea of his cosmology, therefore, has a curious resemblance with that of the great Hindū thinker Kapila, who accounts for the production of the universe by the hypothesis of three gunas, i.e. Sattwa (goodness), Tamas (darkness), and Rajas (motion or passion) which mix together to form Nature, when the equilibrium of the primordial matter (Prakritī) is upset. Of the various solutions [17:1] of the problem of diversity which the Vedāntist solved by postulating the mysterious power of "Māyā", and Leibniz, long afterwards, explained by his doctrine of the Identity of Indiscernibles, Mānī's solution, though childish, must find a place in the historical development of philosophical ideas. Its philosophical value may be [Pg 18] insignificant; but one thing is certain, i.e. Mānī was the first to venture the suggestion that the Universe is due to the activity of the Devil, and hence essentially evil—a proposition which seems to me to be the only logical justification of a system which preaches renunciation as the guiding principle of life. In our own times Schopenhauer has been led to the same conclusion; though, unlike Mānī, he supposes the principle of objectification or individuation—"the sinful bent" of the will to life—to exist in the very nature of the Primal Will and not independent of it.
This is a brief overview of Mānī's amazing Cosmology. [16:1] He rejects the Zoroastrian idea of creative beings to explain the issue of objective existence. Taking a completely materialistic approach to the question, he attributes the phenomenal universe to the mix of two independent, eternal principles, one of which (darkness) is not just a part of the universe's material, but also the source where activity lies dormant and awakens into existence when the right moment comes. The core idea of his cosmology, therefore, has a strange similarity to that of the great Hindu thinker Kapila, who explains the creation of the universe through the hypothesis of three gunas: Sattwa (goodness), Tamas (darkness), and Rajas (motion or passion), which combine to create Nature when the balance of the primordial matter (Prakritī) is disrupted. Of the various solutions [17:1] to the problem of diversity that the Vedāntist addressed by proposing the mysterious power of "Māyā", and Leibniz, much later, clarified with his doctrine of the Identity of Indiscernibles, Mānī's answer, though simplistic, deserves a spot in the historical evolution of philosophical ideas. Its philosophical significance may be [Pg 18] minimal; but one thing is clear: Mānī was the first to suggest that the Universe is a result of the Devil's activity and is therefore inherently evil—a claim that seems to be the only logical support for a system that advocates renunciation as life's guiding principle. In our own time, Schopenhauer arrived at the same conclusion; however, unlike Mānī, he believes that the principle of objectification or individuation—"the sinful inclination" of the will to life—exists within the very nature of the Primal Will rather than apart from it.
Turning now to the remarkable socialist of ancient Persia—Mazdak. This early prophet of communism appeared during the reign of Anūshīrwān the Just (531:578 A.D.), and marked another dualistic reaction against the prevailing Zarwānian doctrine [18:1]. Mazdak, like Mānī, taught that the diversity of things springs from the mixture of two independent, eternal principles which he called Shīd (Light) and Tār (Darkness). But he differs from his predecessor [Pg 19] in holding that the fact of their mixture as well as their final separation, are quite accidental, and not at all the result of choice. Mazdak's God is endowed with sensation, and has four principal energies in his eternal presence—power of discrimination, memory, understanding and bliss. These four energies have four personal manifestations who, assisted by four other persons, superintend the course of the Universe. Variety in things and men is due to the various combinations of the original principles.
Turning now to the remarkable socialist of ancient Persia—Mazdak. This early prophet of communism appeared during the reign of Anūshīrwān the Just (531-578 A.D.) and represented another dualistic response to the prevailing Zarwānian doctrine [18:1]. Mazdak, like Mānī, taught that the diversity of things comes from the mixing of two independent, eternal principles he called Shīd (Light) and Tār (Darkness). However, he differs from his predecessor[Pg 19] by believing that their mixture and ultimate separation are purely accidental, not the result of choice. Mazdak's God has sensation and possesses four main energies in his eternal presence—power of discrimination, memory, understanding, and bliss. These four energies have four personal manifestations who, along with four other individuals, oversee the course of the Universe. The variety in things and people is due to the different combinations of the original principles.
But the most characteristic feature of the Mazdakite teaching is its communism, which is evidently an inference from the cosmopolitan spirit of Mānī's Philosophy. All men, said Mazdak, are equal; and the notion of individual property was introduced by the hostile demons whose object is to turn God's Universe into a scene of endless misery. It is chiefly this aspect of Mazdak's teaching that was most shocking to the Zoroastrian conscience, and finally brought about the destruction of his enormous following, even though the master was supposed to have miraculously made the [Pg 20] sacred Fire talk, and bear witness to the truth of his mission.
But the most defining aspect of Mazdak's teachings is its shared ownership philosophy, which clearly stems from the inclusive spirit of Mānī's Philosophy. Mazdak stated that all people are equal, and the idea of personal property was brought about by hostile forces aiming to turn God's Universe into a place of endless suffering. It's primarily this part of Mazdak's teachings that deeply conflicted with the Zoroastrian values and ultimately led to the downfall of his large following, even though he was believed to have miraculously made the [Pg 20] sacred Fire speak and testify to the truth of his mission.
§ III.
Retrospect.
We have seen some of the aspects of Pre-Islamic Persian thought; though, owing to our ignorance of the tendencies of Sāssānīde thought, and of the political, social, and intellectual conditions that determined its evolution, we have not been able fully to trace the continuity of ideas. Nations as well as individuals, in their intellectual history, begin with the objective. Although the moral fervour of Zoroaster gave a spiritual tone to his theory of the origin of things, yet the net result of this period of Persian speculation is nothing more than a materialistic dualism. The principle of Unity as a philosophical ground of all that exists, is but dimly perceived at this stage of intellectual evolution in Persia. The controversy among the followers of Zoroaster indicates that the movement towards a monistic conception of the Universe had begun; but we [Pg 21] have unfortunately no evidence to make a positive statement concerning the pantheistic tendencies of Pre-Islamic Persian thought. We know that in the 6th century A.D., Diogenes, Simplicius and other Neo-Platonic thinkers, were driven by the persecution of Justinian, to take refuge in the court of the tolerant Anūshīrwān. This great monarch, moreover, had several works translated for him from Sanskrit and Greek, but we have no historical evidence to show how far these events actually influenced the course of Persian thought. Let us, therefore, pass on to the advent of Islām in Persia, which completely shattered the old order of things, and brought to the thinking mind the new concept of an uncompromising monotheism as well as the Greek dualism of God and matter, as distinguished from the purely Persian dualism of God and Devil.
We’ve explored some aspects of Pre-Islamic Persian thought; however, due to our lack of understanding of Sāssānian thought and the political, social, and intellectual conditions that shaped its development, we haven’t been able to fully trace the continuity of ideas. Both nations and individuals start their intellectual journeys with the objective. Although Zoroaster’s moral passion infused his theory of the origin of things with a spiritual tone, the overall result of this period of Persian speculation is primarily a materialistic dualism. The principle of Unity as a philosophical basis for everything that exists is only faintly recognized at this stage of intellectual development in Persia. The debates among Zoroaster’s followers suggest that the shift toward a monistic view of the Universe had begun; however, we unfortunately lack evidence to make a definite statement about the pantheistic inclinations of Pre-Islamic Persian thought. We know that in the 6th century A.D., thinkers like Diogenes, Simplicius, and others from the Neo-Platonic tradition sought refuge at the court of the tolerant Anūshīrwān to escape persecution under Justinian. This great monarch also had several works translated from Sanskrit and Greek, but there is no historical evidence to determine how significantly these events influenced Persian thought. Therefore, let us move on to the arrival of Islam in Persia, which completely disrupted the old order and introduced a new concept of strict monotheism alongside the Greek dualism of God and matter, contrasting with the purely Persian dualism of God and Devil.
FOOTNOTES:
[2:1] Some European Scholars have held Zoroaster to be nothing more than a mythical personage. But since the publication of Professor Jackson's admirable Life of Zoroaster, the Iranian Prophet has, I believe, finally got out of the ordeal of modern criticism.
[2:1] Some European scholars have considered Zoroaster to be just a mythical figure. However, since the release of Professor Jackson's excellent Life of Zoroaster, I believe the Iranian Prophet has finally emerged from the challenges of modern criticism.
[4:1] Essays, p. 303.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Essays, p. 303.
[4:4] The following verse from Buudahish Chap. I. will indicate the Zendik view:— "And between them (the two principles) there was empty space, that is what they call "air" in which is now their meeting".
[4:4] The following verse from Buudahish Chap. I. will indicate the Zendik view:— "And between them (the two principles) there was empty space, which is what they refer to as 'air' where they now connect."
[6:1] In connection with the influence of Zoroastrian ideas on Ancient Greek thought, the following statement made by Erdmann is noteworthy, though Lawrence Mills (American Journal of Philology Vol. 22) regards such influence as improbable:—"The fact that the handmaids of this force, which he (Heraclitus) calls the seed of all that happens and the measure of all order, are entitled the "tongues" has probably been slightly ascribed to the influence of the Persian Magi. On the other hand he connects himself with his country's mythology, not indeed without a change of exegesis when he places Apollo and Dionysus beside Zeus, i.e. The ultimate fire, as the two aspects of his nature". History of Philosophy Vol. I, p. 50.
[6:1] In relation to how Zoroastrian ideas influenced Ancient Greek thought, Erdmann made a notable statement, even though Lawrence Mills (American Journal of Philology Vol. 22) finds such influence unlikely:—"The fact that the helpers of this force, which he (Heraclitus) refers to as the seed of everything that occurs and the measure of all order, are called the 'tongues' may be somewhat attributed to the influence of the Persian Magi. Conversely, he aligns himself with his nation's mythology, albeit with a shift in interpretation when he positions Apollo and Dionysus alongside Zeus, meaning the ultimate fire, as the two sides of his character." History of Philosophy Vol. I, p. 50.
It is, perhaps, owing to this doubtful influence of Zoroastrianism on Heraclitus that Lassalle (quoted by Paul Janet in his History of the Problems of Philosophy Vol. II, p. 147) looks upon Zoroaster as a precursor of Hegel.
It might be because of the uncertain impact of Zoroastrianism on Heraclitus that Lassalle (cited by Paul Janet in his History of the Problems of Philosophy Vol. II, p. 147) sees Zoroaster as a forerunner of Hegel.
Of Zoroastrian influence on Pythagoras Erdmann says:—
Of Zoroastrian influence on Pythagoras, Erdmann says:—
"The fact that the odd numbers are put above the even has been emphasised by Gladisch in his comparison of the Pythagorian with the Chinese doctrine, and the fact, moreover, that among the oppositions we find those of light and darkness, good and evil, has induced many, in ancient and modern times, to suppose that they were borrowed from Zoroastrianism." Vol. I, p. 33.
"The fact that odd numbers are placed above even numbers has been highlighted by Gladisch in his comparison of the Pythagorean and Chinese teachings. Additionally, the presence of oppositions like light and darkness, good and evil, has led many, both in ancient and modern times, to believe that these ideas were borrowed from Zoroastrianism." Vol. I, p. 33.
[6:2] Among modern English thinkers Mr. Bradley arrives at a conclusion similar to that of Zoroaster. Discussing the ethical significance of Bradley's Philosophy, Prof. Sorley says:—"Mr. Bradley, like Green, has faith in an eternal reality which might be called spiritual, inasmuch as it is not material; like Green he looks upon man's moral activity as an appearance—what Green calls a reproduction—of this eternal reality. But under this general agreement there lies a world of difference. He refuses by the use of the term self-conscious, to liken his Absolute to the personality of man, and he brings out the consequence which in Green is more or less concealed, that the evil equally with the good in man and in the world are appearances of the Absolute". Recent tendencies in Ethics, pp. 100–101.
[6:2] Among modern English thinkers, Mr. Bradley reaches a conclusion that's similar to Zoroaster's. When discussing the ethical significance of Bradley's Philosophy, Prof. Sorley states:—"Mr. Bradley, like Green, believes in an eternal reality that could be called spiritual since it is not material; like Green, he views man's moral actions as an appearance—what Green refers to as a reproduction—of this eternal reality. However, beneath this general agreement lies a significant difference. He refuses to use the term self-conscious to compare his Absolute to human personality, and he highlights the implication that in Green's view is somewhat hidden: that evil, just like good, in man and in the world are appearances of the Absolute." Recent tendencies in Ethics, pp. 100–101.
[8:1] This should not be confounded with Plato's non-being. To Zoroaster all forms of existence proceeding from the creative agency of the spirit of darkness are unreal; because, considering the final triumph of the spirit of Light, they have a temporary existence only.
[8:1] This should not be confused with Plato's concept of non-being. For Zoroaster, all types of existence that come from the creative power of the spirit of darkness are not real; because, with the eventual victory of the spirit of Light, they only exist for a limited time.
[9:1] Mithraism was a phase of Zoroastrianism which spread over the Roman world in the second century. The partisans of Mithra worshipped the sun whom they looked upon as the great advocate of Light. They held the human soul to be a part of God, and maintained that the observance of a mysterious cult could bring about the souls' union with God. Their doctrine of the soul, its ascent towards God by torturing the body and finally passing through the sphere of Aether and becoming pure fire, offers some resemblance with views entertained by some schools of Persian Ṣūfīism.
[9:1] Mithraism was a branch of Zoroastrianism that spread throughout the Roman world in the second century. Followers of Mithra worshipped the sun, seeing it as the main supporter of Light. They believed that the human soul is a part of God and that participating in a mysterious cult could lead to its union with God. Their beliefs about the soul, its journey toward God through physical suffering and eventually passing through the realm of Aether to become pure fire, have some similarities with ideas held by certain schools of Persian Ṣūfīism.
[10:2] Dr. Haug (Essays p. 206) compares these protecting spirits with the ideas of Plato. They, however, are not to be understood as models according to which things are fashioned. Plato's ideas, moreover, are eternal, non-temporal and non-spatial. The doctrine that everything created by the spirit of Light is protected by a subordinate spirit has only an outward resemblance with the view that every spirit is fashioned according to a perfect supersensible model.
[10:2] Dr. Haug (Essays p. 206) compares these protective spirits to Plato's ideas. However, they shouldn't be understood as templates for creating things. Plato's ideas are eternal, outside of time and space. The belief that everything made by the spirit of Light has protection from a subordinate spirit only superficially resembles the idea that every spirit is created based on a perfect, non-physical model.
[10:3] The Ṣūfī conception of the soul is also tripartite. According to them the soul is a combination of Mind, heart and spirit (Nafs, Qalb, Rūḥ). The "heart" is to them both material and immaterial or, more properly, neither—standing midway between soul and mind (Nafs and Rūḥ), and acting as the organ of higher knowledge. Perhaps Dr. Schenkel's use of the word "conscience" would approach the ṣūfī idea of "heart".
[10:3] The Sufi view of the soul is also divided into three parts. They believe the soul is made up of the Mind, heart, and spirit (Nafs, Qalb, Rūḥ). To them, the "heart" is both physical and non-physical, or more accurately, neither—it sits in between the soul and mind (Nafs and Rūḥ) and functions as the organ for higher understanding. Dr. Schenkel's use of the term "conscience" might come close to the Sufi concept of "heart."
[11:1] Geiger Vol. I, p. 104. (The ṣūfī Cosmology has a similar doctrine concerning the different stages of existence through which the soul has to pass in its journey heavenward. They enumerate the following five Planes; but their definition of the character of each plane is slightly different:—
[11:1] Geiger Vol. I, p. 104. (The Sufi cosmology has a similar belief about the different stages of existence that the soul must go through on its way to heaven. They list the following five planes; however, their description of each plane's characteristics is a bit different:—
1. The world of body. (Nāsūt).
1. The world of the body. (Nāsūt).
2. The world of pure intelligence. (Malakūt).
2. The realm of pure intelligence. (Malakūt).
3. The world of power. (Jabrūt).
3. The world of power. (Jabrūt).
4. The world of negation. (Lāhūt).
4. The world of negation. (Lāhūt).
5. The world of Absolute Silence. (Hāhūt).
5. The world of Absolute Silence. (Hāhūt).
The ṣūfīs probably borrowed this idea from the Indian Yogīs who recognise the following seven Planes:—(Annie Besant: Reincarnation, p. 30).
The ṣūfīs likely took this idea from the Indian Yogīs, who identify the following seven Planes:—(Annie Besant: Reincarnation, p. 30).
1. The Plane of Physical Body.
The Physical Body Aspect.
2. The Plane of Etherial double.
2. The Plane of Ethereal Double.
3. The Plane of Vitality.
3. The Vitality Plane.
4. The Plane of Emotional Nature.
4. The Plane of Emotional Nature.
5. The Plane of Thought.
The Thought Plane.
6. The Plane of Spiritual soul—Reason.
6. The Plane of Spiritual Soul—Reason.
7. The Plane of Pure Spirit.
7. The Plane of Pure Spirit.
[12:1] Sources used:—
(a) The text of Muḥammad ibn Isḥāq, edited by Flügel, pp. 52–56.
(a) The text of Muhammad ibn Ishaq, edited by Flügel, pp. 52–56.
(b) Al-Ya‘qūbī: ed. Houtsma, 1883, Vol. I, pp. 180–181.
(b) Al-Ya‘qūbī: ed. Houtsma, 1883, Vol. I, pp. 180–181.
(c) Ibn Ḥazm: Kitāb al-Milal w’al-Niḥal: ed. Cairo, Vol. II, p. 36.
(c) Ibn Ḥazm: Book of Sects and Creeds: ed. Cairo, Vol. II, p. 36.
(d) Shahrastānī: ed. Cureton, London, 1846, pp. 188–192.
(d) Shahrastānī: ed. Cureton, London, 1846, pp. 188–192.
(e) Encyclopaedia Britannica, Article on Mānī.
(e) Encyclopaedia Britannica, Article on Mānī.
(f) Salemann: Bulletin de l'Académie des Sciences de St. Petersburg Series IV, 15 April 1907, pp. 175—184. F. W. K. Müller: Handschriften—Reste in Estrangelo—Schrift aus Turfan, Chinesisch—Turkistan, Teil I, II; Sitzungen der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 11 Feb. 1904, pp. 348–352; und Abhandlungen etc. 1904.
(f) Salemann: Bulletin of the Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg Series IV, April 15, 1907, pp. 175—184. F. W. K. Müller: Manuscripts—Remnants in Estrangelo—Script from Turfan, Chinese—Turkistan, Part I, II; Sessions of the Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, February 11, 1904, pp. 348–352; and Proceedings etc. 1904.
[12:2] Sources used:—
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sources used:—
(a) Siyāsat Nāmah Nizām al-Mulk: ed. Charles Schefer, Paris, 1897, pp. 166–181.
(a) Siyāsat Nāmah Nizām al-Mulk: ed. Charles Schefer, Paris, 1897, pp. 166–181.
(b) Shahrastānī: ed. Cureton, pp. 192–194.
(b) Shahrastānī: ed. Cureton, pp. 192–194.
(c) Al-Ya‘qūbī: ed. Houtsma, 1883, Vol. I, p. 186.
(c) Al-Ya‘qūbī: ed. Houtsma, 1883, Vol. I, p. 186.
(d) Al-Bīrūnī: Chronology of Ancient Nations: tr. E. Sachau, London, 1879, p. 192.
(d) Al-Bīrūnī: Chronology of Ancient Nations: tr. E. Sachau, London, 1879, p. 192.
[13:1] "If I see aright, five different conceptions can be distinguished for the period about 400 A.D. First we have the Manichaean which insinuated its way in the darkness, but was widely extended even among the clergy". (Harnack's History of Christian Dogma, Vol. V, p. 56). "From the anti-Manichaean controversy sprang the desire to conceive all God's attributes as identical i.e. the interest in the indivisibility of God", (Harnack's History of Christian Dogma, Vol V, p. 120).
[13:1] "If I'm seeing things correctly, we can distinguish five different views around 400 A.D. First, there's the Manichaean perspective, which crept in under the radar but became quite widespread, even among the church leaders." (Harnack's History of Christian Dogma, Vol. V, p. 56). "The anti-Manichaean debate led to the desire to understand all of God's attributes as the same, highlighting the interest in the oneness of God," (Harnack's History of Christian Dogma, Vol V, p. 120).
[13:2] Some Eastern sources of information about Mānī's Philosophy (e.g. Ephraim Syrus mentioned by Prof. A. A. Bevan in his Introduction to the Hymn of the Soul) tell us that he was a disciple of Bardesanes, the Syrian gnostic. The learned author of "al-Fihrist", however, mentions some books which Mānī wrote against the followers of the Syrian gnostic. Burkitt, in his lectures on Early Eastern Christianity, gives a free translation of Bardesanes' De Fato, the spirit of which I understand, is fully Christian, and thoroughly opposed to the teaching of Mānī. Ibn Ḥazm, however, in his Kitāb al-Milal w’al-Niḥal (Vol. II, p. 36) says, "Both agreed in other respects, except that Mānī believed darkness to be a living principle."
[13:2] Some Eastern sources of information about Mānī's Philosophy (e.g. Ephraim Syrus mentioned by Prof. A. A. Bevan in his Introduction to the Hymn of the Soul) indicate that he was a disciple of Bardesanes, the Syrian gnostic. The knowledgeable author of "al-Fihrist," however, mentions some books that Mānī wrote against the followers of the Syrian gnostic. Burkitt, in his lectures on Early Eastern Christianity, offers a loose translation of Bardesanes' De Fato, which I understand to be fully Christian and completely opposed to Mānī's teachings. Ibn Ḥazm, though, in his Kitāb al-Milal w’al-Niḥal (Vol. II, p. 36) states, "Both agreed in other respects, except that Mānī believed darkness to be a living principle."
[16:1] It is interesting to compare Mānī's Philosophy of Nature with the Chinese notion of Creation, according to which all that exists flows from the Union of Yin and Yang. But the Chinese reduced these two principles to a higher unity:—Tai Keih. To Mānī such a reduction was not possible; since he could not conceive that things of opposite nature could proceed from the same principle.
[16:1] It's fascinating to compare Mānī's Philosophy of Nature with the Chinese idea of Creation, where everything that exists comes from the union of Yin and Yang. However, the Chinese simplified these two principles into a higher unity: Tai Keih. For Mānī, this kind of simplification wasn't possible because he couldn't imagine that things of opposite nature could come from the same principle.
[17:1] Thomas Aquinas states and criticises Mānī's contrariety of Primal agents in the following manner:—
[17:1] Thomas Aquinas discusses and critiques Mānī's opposition of Primary agents like this:—
(a) What all things seek even a principle of evil would seek.
But all things seek their own self-preservation.
⁂ Even a principle of evil would seek its own self-preservation.
(a) Everything seeks what even an evil force would seek.
But everything strives for its own survival.
⁂ Even an evil force would strive for its own survival.
(b) What all things seek is good.
But self-preservation is what all things seek.
⁂ Self-preservation is good.
But a principle of evil would seek its own self-preservation.
⁂ A principle of evil would seek some good—which shows
that it is self-contradictory.
(b) Everything that exists seeks what is good.
However, self-preservation is what everyone aims for.
⁂ Self-preservation is good.
However, a harmful principle would also aim for its own self-preservation.
⁂ An evil principle would seek some good—which shows
that it is self-contradictory.
God and His Creatures, Book II, p. 105. Rickaby's Tr.
God and His Creatures, Book II, p. 105. Translated by Rickaby.
PART II.
Greek Dualism.
CHAP. 2.
The Neo-Platonic Aristotelians of Persia.
With the Arab conquest of Persia, a new era begins in the history of Persian thought. But the warlike sons of sandy Arabia whose swords terminated, at Nahāwand, the political independence of this ancient people, could hardly touch the intellectual freedom of the converted Zoroastrian.
With the Arab conquest of Persia, a new era starts in the history of Persian thought. However, the warrior sons of sandy Arabia, whose swords ended the political independence of this ancient people at Nahāwand, could hardly impact the intellectual freedom of the converted Zoroastrians.
The political revolution brought about by the Arab conquest marks the beginning of interaction between the Aryan and the Semitic, and we find that the Persian, though he lets the surface of his life become largely semitised, quietly converts Islām to his own Aryan habits of thought. In the west the sober Hellenic intellect interpreted another Semitic religion—Christianity; [Pg 23] and the results of interpretation in both cases are strikingly similar. In each case the aim of the interpreting intellect is to soften the extreme rigidity of an absolute law imposed on the individual from without; in one word it is an endeavour to internalise the external. This process of transformation began with the study of Greek thought which, though combined with other causes, hindered the growth of native speculation, yet marked a transition from the purely objective attitude of Pre-Islamic Persian Philosophy to the subjective attitude of later thinkers. It is, I believe, largely due to the influence of foreign thought that the old monistic tendency when it reasserted itself about the end of the 8th century, assumed a much more spiritual aspect; and, in its later development, revivified and spiritualised the old Iranian dualism of Light and Darkness. The fact, therefore, that Greek thought roused into fresh life the subtle Persian intellect, and largely contributed to, and was finally assimilated by the general course of intellectual evolution in Persia, justifies us in briefly running over, even though at the risk of repetition, [Pg 24] the systems of the Persian Neo-Platonists who, as such, deserve very little attention in a history of purely Persian thought.
The political revolution kicked off by the Arab conquest signifies the start of interaction between the Aryan and Semitic cultures. We see that the Persian, while allowing his lifestyle to become mostly influenced by Semitic traits, subtly adapts Islam to fit his own Aryan way of thinking. In the West, the rational Hellenic intellect interpreted another Semitic religion—Christianity; [Pg 23] and the results of these interpretations in both instances are remarkably similar. In each case, the goal of the interpreting mind is to soften the rigid nature of an absolute law imposed externally on individuals; in one word, it is an effort to internalize the external. This transformation process began with the study of Greek thought, which, although intertwined with other factors, stunted the growth of native speculation, yet marked a shift from the purely objective perspective of Pre-Islamic Persian Philosophy to the subjective viewpoint of later thinkers. I believe it is largely due to the impact of foreign thought that the old monistic tendency, when it reemerged around the end of the 8th century, took on a much more spiritual dimension; and in its later development, it revitalized and spiritualized the ancient Iranian dualism of Light and Darkness. Therefore, the fact that Greek thought invigorated the nuanced Persian intellect and significantly contributed to, and was ultimately absorbed by, the general trend of intellectual evolution in Persia allows us to briefly review, even at the risk of repetition, [Pg 24] the systems of the Persian Neo-Platonists who, in this context, deserve very little attention in a history focused solely on Persian thought.
It must, however, be remembered that Greek wisdom flowed towards the Moslem east through Ḥarrān and Syria. The Syrians took up the latest Greek speculation i.e. Neo-Platonism and transmitted to the Moslem what they believed to be the real philosophy of Aristotle. It is surprising that Mohammedan Philosophers, Arabs as well as Persians, continued wrangling over what they believed to be the real teaching of Aristotle and Plato, and it never occurred to them that for a thorough comprehension of their Philosophies, the knowledge of Greek language was absolutely necessary. So great was their ignorance that an epitomised translation of the Enneads of Plotinus was accepted as "Theology of Aristotle". It took them centuries to arrive at a clear conception of the two great masters of Greek thought; and it is doubtful whether they ever completely understood them. Avicenna is certainly clearer and more original than Al-Fārābī and Ibn Maskawaih; and the Andelusian Averroes, though [Pg 25] he is nearer to Aristotle than any of his predecessors, is yet far from a complete grasp of Aristotle's Philosophy. It would, however, be unjust to accuse them of servile imitation. The history of their speculation is one continuous attempt to wade through a hopeless mass of absurdities that careless translators of Greek Philosophy had introduced. They had largely to rethink the Philosophies of Aristotle and Plato. Their commentaries constitute, so to speak, an effort at discovery, not exposition. The very circumstances which left them no time to think out independent systems of thought, point to a subtle mind, unfortunately cabined and cribbed by a heap of obstructing nonsense that patient industry had gradually to eliminate, and thus to winnow out truth from falsehood. With these preliminary remarks we proceed to consider Persian students of Greek Philosophy individually.
It should be noted that Greek wisdom flowed to the Muslim East through Ḥarrān and Syria. The Syrians embraced the latest Greek ideas, specifically Neo-Platonism, and shared what they thought was the true philosophy of Aristotle with the Muslims. It's noteworthy that Muslim philosophers, both Arabs and Persians, continued to debate what they believed were the genuine teachings of Aristotle and Plato, without realizing that a solid understanding of their philosophies required knowledge of the Greek language. Their ignorance was so profound that a summarized translation of Plotinus' Enneads was accepted as "Theology of Aristotle." It took centuries for them to form a clear understanding of the two great figures of Greek thought, and it's questionable whether they ever fully grasped them. Avicenna is definitely clearer and more original than Al-Fārābī and Ibn Maskawaih; while the Andalusian Averroes, though closer to Aristotle than any of his predecessors, still lacked a complete understanding of Aristotle's Philosophy. However, it would be unfair to label them as mere imitators. The history of their philosophical inquiry is a continuous struggle to make sense of a chaotic jumble of misunderstandings introduced by careless translators of Greek Philosophy. They largely had to rethink the philosophies of Aristotle and Plato. Their commentaries represent an attempt at discovery rather than mere explanation. The very circumstances that left them little time to develop independent systems of thought also highlight a keen intellect, unfortunately hindered by a mass of confusing nonsense that required diligent effort to sift through, allowing them to separate truth from falsehood. With these introductory remarks, we will now consider Persian students of Greek Philosophy individually.
§ I.
Ibn Maskawaih[26:1] (d. 1030).
Passing over the names of Sarakhsī[26:2], Fārābī who was a Turk, and the Physician Rāzī (d. 932 A.D.) who, true to his Persian habits of thought, looked upon light as the first creation, and admitted the eternity of matter, space and time, we come to the illustrious name of Abu ‘Alī Muhammad ibn Muhammad ibn Ya‘qūb, commonly known as Ibn Maskawaih—the treasurer of the Buwaihid Sultān ‘Ad̤aduddaula—one of the most eminent theistic thinkers, physicians, moralists and historians of Persia. I give below a brief account of his system from his well known work Al-Fauz al-Aṣghar, published in Beirūt.
Passing over the names of Sarakhsī[26:2], Fārābī, who was a Turk, and the physician Rāzī (d. 932 A.D.), who, true to his Persian ways of thinking, viewed light as the first creation and accepted the eternity of matter, space, and time, we arrive at the renowned name of Abu ‘Alī Muhammad ibn Muhammad ibn Ya‘qūb, commonly known as Ibn Maskawaih—the treasurer of the Buwaihid Sultan ‘Ad̤aduddaula—one of the most prominent theistic thinkers, physicians, moralists, and historians of Persia. Below is a brief overview of his system from his well-known work Al-Fauz al-Aṣghar, published in Beirut.
1. The existence of the ultimate principle.
Here Ibn Maskawaih follows Aristotle, and reproduces his argument based on the fact of physical motion. All bodies have the inseparable property of motion which covers all forms of change, and does not proceed from the nature of bodies themselves. Motion, therefore, demands an external source or prime mover. The supposition that motion may constitute the very essence of bodies, is contradicted by experience. Man, for instance, has the power of free movement; but, on the supposition, different parts of his body must continue to move even after they are severed from one another. The series of moving causes, therefore, must stop at a cause which, itself immovable, moves everything else. The immobility of the Primal cause is essential; for the supposition of motion in the Primal cause would necessitate infinite regress, which is absurd.
Here, Ibn Maskawaih follows Aristotle and restates his argument based on the concept of physical motion. All bodies inherently possess the ability to move, which includes all types of change, and does not originate from the bodies themselves. Therefore, motion requires an external source or prime mover. The idea that motion could be the very essence of bodies is contradicted by experience. For example, a person has the ability for free movement, but if that were true, different parts of their body would have to keep moving even after being separated from each other. Consequently, the chain of moving causes must end at a cause that is itself unmoving but moves everything else. The immobility of the Primal cause is crucial; if the Primal cause could move, it would lead to an infinite regress, which is illogical.
The immovable mover is one. A multiplicity of original movers must imply something common in their nature, so that they might be brought under the same category. It must [Pg 28] also imply some point of difference in order to distinguish them from each other. But this partial identity and difference necessitate composition in their respective essences; and composition, being a form of motion, cannot, as we have shown, exist in the first cause of motion. The prime mover again is eternal and immaterial. Since transition from non-existence to existence is a form of motion; and since matter is always subject to some kind of motion, it follows that a thing which is not eternal, or is, in any way, associated with matter, must be in motion.
The unmoving mover is singular. A variety of original movers must share some common traits so they can be categorized together. It must also show some differences to set them apart. However, this partial similarity and difference create a composition in their essences; and since composition involves motion, it can't exist in the first cause of motion. The prime mover is also eternal and immaterial. Since moving from non-existence to existence is a form of motion, and matter is always in some kind of motion, it follows that anything which is not eternal, or in any way connected to matter, must be in motion.
2. The Knowledge of the Ultimate.
All human knowledge begins from sensations which are gradually transformed into perceptions. The earlier stages of intellection are completely conditioned by the presence of external reality. But the progress of knowledge means to be able to think without being conditioned by matter. Thought begins with matter, but its object is to gradually free itself from the primary condition of its own possibility. A higher stage, therefore, is reached [Pg 29] in imagination—the power to reproduce and retain in the mind the copy or image of a thing without reference to the external objectivity of the thing itself. In the formation of concepts thought reaches a still higher stage in point of freedom from materiality; though the concept, in so far as it is the result of comparison and assimilation of percepts, cannot be regarded as having completely freed itself from the gross cause of sensations. But the fact that conception is based on perception, should not lead us to ignore the great difference between the nature of the concept and the percept. The individual (percept) is undergoing constant change which affects the character of the knowledge founded on mere perception. The knowledge of individuals, therefore, lacks the element of permanence. The universal (concept), on the other hand, is not affected by the law of change. Individuals change; the universal remains intact. It is the essence of matter to submit to the law of change: the freer a thing is from matter, the less liable it is to change. God, therefore, being absolutely free from matter, is absolutely [Pg 30] changeless; and it is His complete freedom from materiality that makes our conception of Him difficult or impossible. The object of all philosophical training is to develop the power of "ideation" or contemplation on pure concepts, in order that constant practice might make possible the conception of the absolutely immaterial.
All human knowledge starts from sensations, which gradually turn into perceptions. The earlier stages of understanding are entirely shaped by the presence of external reality. However, the growth of knowledge means being able to think without being influenced by matter. Thought begins with matter, but its aim is to gradually free itself from the fundamental requirement of its own existence. A higher level is achieved in imagination—the ability to recreate and hold an image or representation of something in the mind without referring to the actual external object. When concepts are formed, thought reaches an even higher level of freedom from materiality. Although a concept, as a result of comparing and integrating perceptions, can't be seen as completely free from the basic cause of sensations, we shouldn't overlook the significant difference between the nature of a concept and a perception. An individual (perception) is constantly changing, which impacts the nature of knowledge based on mere perception. Therefore, knowledge about individuals lacks permanence. In contrast, the universal (concept) isn’t affected by change; individuals change, but the universal remains unchanged. It is inherent in matter to obey the law of change: the less a thing is tied to matter, the less it is subject to change. God, being entirely free from matter, is completely unchanging; and it is this total lack of materiality that makes our understanding of Him challenging or impossible. The goal of all philosophical training is to cultivate the ability to “ideate” or contemplate pure concepts, so that ongoing practice may lead to the conception of the absolutely immaterial.
3. How the one creates the many.
In this connection it is necessary, for the sake of clearness, to divide Ibn Maskawaih's investigations into two parts:—
In this context, it's helpful for clarity to divide Ibn Maskawaih's research into two parts:—
(a) That the ultimate agent or cause created the Universe out of nothing. Materialists, he says, hold the eternity of matter, and attribute form to the creative activity of God. It is, however, admitted that when matter passes from one form into another form, the previous form becomes absolutely non-existent. For if it does not become absolutely non-existent, it must either pass off into some other body, or continue to exist in the same body. The first alternative is contradicted by every day experience. If we transform a ball of wax into [Pg 31] a solid square, the original rotundity of the ball does not pass off into some other body. The second alternative is also impossible; for it would necessitate the conclusion that two contradictory forms e.g. circularity and length, can exist in the same body. It, therefore, follows that the original form passes into absolute non-existence, when the new form comes into being. This argument proves conclusively that attributes i.e., form, color, etc., come into being from pure nothing. In order to understand that the substance is also non-eternal like the attribute, we should grasp the truth of the following propositions:—
(a) The ultimate cause created the Universe out of nothing. Materialists, he argues, believe that matter is eternal and attribute its form to the creative actions of God. However, it is accepted that when matter changes from one form to another, the previous form becomes completely non-existent. If it doesn’t become completely non-existent, it must either transfer to some other object or continue to exist in the same object. The first option is contradicted by everyday experience. If we change a ball of wax into a solid square, the original shape of the ball doesn’t transfer to another object. The second option is also impossible; it would mean that two contradictory forms, like circularity and length, can exist in the same object. Therefore, it follows that the original form goes into complete non-existence when the new form is created. This argument clearly shows that attributes, such as form and color, come into being from pure nothing. To understand that the substance is also non-eternal, like the attribute, we need to grasp the truth of the following propositions:—
1. The analysis of matter results in a number of different elements, the diversity of which is reduced to one simple element.
1. Analyzing matter leads to various elements, all of which can be simplified down to one basic element.
2. Form and matter are inseparable: no change in matter can annihilate form.
2. Form and matter are inseparable: no change in matter can destroy form.
From these two propositions, Ibn Maskawaih concludes that the substance had a beginning in time. Matter like form must have begun to exist; since the eternity of matter necessitates the eternity of form which, as we have seen, cannot be regarded as eternal. [Pg 32]
From these two ideas, Ibn Maskawaih concludes that substance started at a specific point in time. Both matter and form must have come into existence; if matter were eternal, then form would also have to be eternal, which, as we've established, cannot be viewed as eternal. [Pg 32]
(b) The process of creation. What is the cause of this immense diversity which meets us on all sides? How could the many be created by one? When, says the Philosopher, one cause produces a number of different effects, their multiplicity may depend on any of the following reasons:—
(b) The process of creation. What is the reason for this incredible diversity around us? How could one create so many? When, according to the Philosopher, one cause results in many different effects, their variety might be due to one of the following reasons:—
1. The cause may have various powers. Man, for instance, being a combination of various elements and powers, may be the cause of various actions.
1. The cause can have different effects. Humans, for example, being a mix of different elements and influences, can be the reason for various actions.
2. The cause may use various means to produce a variety of effects.
2. The cause can use different methods to create a range of effects.
3. The cause may work upon a variety of material.
3. The cause can affect different materials.
None of these propositions can be true of the nature of the ultimate cause—God. That he possesses various powers, distinct from one another, is manifestly absurd; since his nature does not admit of composition. If he is supposed to have employed different means to produce diversity, who is the creator of these means? If these means are due to the creative agency of some cause other than the ultimate cause, there would be a plurality of ultimate causes. [Pg 33] If, on the other hand, the Ultimate Cause himself created these means, he must have required other means to create these means. The third proposition is also inadmissible as a conception of the creative act. The many cannot flow from the causal action of one agent. It, therefore, follows that we have only one way out of the difficulty—that the ultimate cause created only one thing which led to the creation of another. Ibn Maskawaih here enumerates the usual Neo-Platonic emanations gradually growing grosser and grosser until we reach the primordial elements, which combine and recombine to evolve higher and higher forms of life. Shiblī thus sums up Ibn Maskawaih's theory of evolution[33:1]:—
None of these ideas can accurately describe the nature of the ultimate cause—God. The notion that He possesses various powers that are separate from one another is clearly absurd, as His nature cannot be composed of parts. If it’s suggested that He used different methods to create diversity, then who created those methods? If those methods resulted from the creative action of some cause other than the ultimate cause, there would be multiple ultimate causes. [Pg 33] On the other hand, if the Ultimate Cause created these methods, He would have needed additional means to create those methods. The third idea also fails as a notion of the creative act. Multiple outcomes can't arise from the action of a single agent. Therefore, it follows that our only way out of this conundrum is that the ultimate cause created only one thing that then led to the creation of another. Ibn Maskawaih lists the typical Neo-Platonic emanations, which become increasingly complex until we reach the fundamental elements, which combine and recombine to develop higher and higher forms of life. Shiblī thus summarizes Ibn Maskawaih's theory of evolution[33:1]:—
"The combination of primary substances produced the mineral kingdom, the lowest form of life. A higher stage of evolution is reached in the vegetable kingdom. The first to appear is spontaneous grass; then plants and various kinds of trees, some of which touch the border-land of animal kingdom, in so far as they manifest certain animal characteristics. Intermediary [Pg 34] between the vegetable kingdom and the animal kingdom there is a certain form of life which is neither animal nor vegetable, but shares the characteristics of both (e.g. coral). The first step beyond this intermediary stage of life, is the development of the power of movement, and the sense of touch in tiny worms which crawl upon the earth. The sense of touch, owing to the process of differentiation, develops other forms of sense, until we reach the plane of higher animals in which intelligence begins to manifest itself in an ascending scale. Humanity is touched in the ape which undergoes further development, and gradually develops erect stature and power of understanding similar to man. Here animality ends and humanity begins".
"The combination of basic elements created the mineral kingdom, the simplest form of life. A more advanced stage of evolution is reached in the plant kingdom. The first to emerge is spontaneous grass; then come plants and different types of trees, some of which lie on the edge of the animal kingdom because they show certain animal traits. Between the plant kingdom and the animal kingdom, there exists a form of life that is neither fully animal nor fully plant, but possesses characteristics of both (e.g., coral). The first step beyond this intermediary stage of life is the development of movement and the sense of touch in tiny worms that crawl on the ground. The sense of touch, due to the process of differentiation, leads to the development of other senses until we reach the level of higher animals where intelligence starts to appear in a gradual progression. Humanity is reflected in the ape, which undergoes further development and gradually acquires upright posture and understanding similar to humans. Here, animality ends, and humanity begins."
4. The soul.
In order to understand whether the soul has an independent existence, we should examine the nature of human knowledge. It is the essential property of matter that it cannot assume two different forms simultaneously. To transform a silver spoon into a silver glass, [Pg 35] it is necessary that the spoon-form as such, should cease to exist. This property is common to all bodies, and a body that lacks it cannot be regarded as a body. Now when we examine the nature of perception, we see that there is a principle in man which, in so far as it is able to know more than one thing at a time, can assume, so to say, many different forms simultaneously. This principle cannot be matter, since it lacks the fundamental property of matter. The essence of the soul consists in the power of perceiving a number of objects at one and the same moment of time. But it may be objected that the soul-principle may be either material in its essence, or a function of matter. There are, however, reasons to show that the soul cannot be a function of matter.
To understand whether the soul exists independently, we need to look at the nature of human knowledge. A key characteristic of matter is that it cannot take on two different forms at the same time. For example, turning a silver spoon into a silver glass requires the spoon-form to cease to exist. This property is true for all physical objects, and anything that lacks this quality cannot be considered a body. When we investigate the nature of perception, we find that there is a principle in humans that can know more than one thing at once, which can, in a way, take on many different forms at the same time. This principle cannot be material, as it does not possess the fundamental property of matter. The essence of the soul lies in its ability to perceive several objects simultaneously. However, one might argue that the soul could either be material in its essence or a function of matter. Yet, there are compelling reasons to assert that the soul cannot simply be a function of matter.
(a). A thing which assumes different forms and states, cannot itself be one of those forms and states. A body which receives different colors should be, in its own nature, colorless. The soul, in its perception of external objects, assumes, as it were, various forms and states; it, therefore, cannot be regarded as one of those forms. Ibn Maskawaih seems to give no [Pg 36] countenance to the contemporary Faculty-Psychology; to him different mental states are various transformations of the soul itself.
(a). Something that takes on different forms and states can’t be one of those forms or states itself. A body that displays different colors should essentially be colorless. The soul, in how it perceives external objects, takes on various forms and states; therefore, it can’t be considered as one of those forms. Ibn Maskawaih doesn’t seem to support the current ideas in Faculty-Psychology; for him, different mental states are various transformations of the soul itself.
(b). The attributes are constantly changing; there must be beyond the sphere of change, some permanent substratum which is the foundation of personal identity.
(b). The characteristics are always changing; there has to be something beyond that change, some constant foundation that underlies personal identity.
Having shown that the soul cannot be regarded as a function of matter, Ibn Maskawaih proceeds to prove that it is essentially immaterial. Some of his arguments may be noticed:—
Having demonstrated that the soul shouldn't be seen as a function of matter, Ibn Maskawaih goes on to prove that it is fundamentally immaterial. Here are some of his arguments:—
1. The senses, after they have perceived a strong stimulus, cannot, for a certain amount of time, perceive a weaker stimulus. It is, however, quite different with the mental act of cognition.
1. The senses, after they have experienced a strong stimulus, can't perceive a weaker stimulus for a certain period. However, the mental act of cognition is quite different.
2. When we reflect on an abstruse subject, we endeavour to completely shut our eyes to the objects around us, which we regard as so many hindrances in the way of spiritual activity. If the soul is material in its essence, it need not, in order to secure unimpeded activity, escape from the world of matter.
2. When we think about a complex topic, we try to completely ignore the things around us that we see as obstacles to our spiritual work. If the soul is fundamentally material, it doesn't have to avoid the material world to engage freely in its activities.
3. The perception of a strong stimulus [Pg 37] weakens and sometimes injures the sense. The intellect, on the other hand, grows in strength with the knowledge of ideas and general notions.
3. The perception of a strong stimulus [Pg 37] weakens and can sometimes damage the sense. The mind, however, becomes stronger with the understanding of ideas and general concepts.
4. Physical weakness due to old age, does not affect mental vigour.
4. Physical weakness from old age doesn't impact mental sharpness.
5. The soul can conceive certain propositions which have no connection with the sense-data. The senses, for instance, cannot perceive that two contradictories cannot exist together.
5. The soul can understand certain ideas that have no connection to sensory experiences. For example, the senses cannot perceive that two contradictory things cannot exist at the same time.
6. There is a certain power in us which rules over physical organs, corrects sense-errors, and unifies all knowledge. This unifying principle which reflects over the material brought before it through the sense-channel, and, weighing the evidence of each sense, decides the character of rival statements, must itself stand above the sphere of matter.
6. There is a certain power within us that governs our physical organs, corrects sensory mistakes, and brings all knowledge together. This unifying principle reflects on the material presented to it through our senses and, after evaluating the evidence from each sense, determines the validity of conflicting statements; it must exist above the realm of matter.
The combined force of these considerations, says Ibn Maskawaih, conclusively establishes the truth of the proposition—that the soul is essentially immaterial. The immateriality of the soul signifies its immortality; since mortality is a characteristic of the material. [Pg 38]
The combined force of these points, says Ibn Maskawaih, clearly confirms the truth of the idea—that the soul is fundamentally immaterial. The immaterial nature of the soul indicates its immortality; since mortality is a trait of the material. [Pg 38]
§ II.
Avicenna (d. 1037).
Among the early Persian Philosophers, Avicenna alone attempted to construct his own system of thought. His work, called "Eastern Philosophy" is still extant; and there has also come down to us a fragment[38:1] in which the Philosopher has expressed his views on the universal operation of the force of love in nature. It is something like the contour of a system, and it is quite probable that ideas expressed therein were afterwards fully worked out.
Among the early Persian philosophers, Avicenna was the only one who tried to create his own system of thought. His work, titled "Eastern Philosophy," still exists today; we also have a fragment[38:1] where he shared his thoughts on the universal influence of love in nature. It outlines a sort of system, and it's likely that the ideas presented there were later developed in more depth.
Avicenna defines "Love" as the appreciation of Beauty; and from the standpoint of this definition he explains that there are three categories of being:—
Avicenna defines "Love" as the appreciation of Beauty; and based on this definition, he explains that there are three categories of being:—
1. Things that are at the highest point of perfection.
1. Things that are at the highest level of perfection.
2. Things that are at the lowest point of perfection.
2. Things that are at their worst.
3. Things that stand between the two poles [Pg 39] of perfection. But the third category has no real existence; since there are things that have already attained the acme of perfection, and there are others still progressing towards perfection. This striving for the ideal is love's movement towards beauty which, according to Avicenna, is identical with perfection. Beneath the visible evolution of forms is the force of love which actualises all striving, movement, progress. Things are so constituted that they hate non-existence, and love the joy of individuality in various forms. The indeterminate matter, dead in itself, assumes, or more properly, is made to assume by the inner force of love, various forms, and rises higher and higher in the scale of beauty. The operation of this ultimate force, in the physical plane, can be thus indicated:—
3. Things that stand between the two poles [Pg 39] of perfection. But the third category has no real existence; there are things that have already reached the peak of perfection, and there are others still working towards it. This striving for the ideal is love's movement towards beauty which, according to Avicenna, is the same as perfection. Beneath the visible evolution of forms is the force of love that drives all striving, movement, progress. Things are structured so that they detest non-existence and cherish the joy of individuality in various forms. The indeterminate matter, inert by itself, takes on, or more accurately, is made to take on by the inner force of love, various forms, and ascends higher and higher in the scale of beauty. The operation of this ultimate force, in the physical plane, can be outlined as follows:—
1. Inanimate objects are combinations of form, matter and quality. Owing to the working of this mysterious power, quality sticks to its subject or substance; and form embraces indeterminate matter which, impelled by the mighty force of love, rises from form to form.
1. Inanimate objects are made up of shape, substance, and quality. Thanks to this mysterious power, quality attaches itself to its subject or substance; and shape surrounds undefined matter, which, driven by the powerful force of love, moves from one form to another.
2. The tendency of the force of love is to [Pg 40] centralise itself. In the vegetable kingdom it attains a higher degree of unity or centralisation; though the soul still lacks that unity of action which it attains afterwards. The processes of the vegetative soul are:—
2. The force of love tends to [Pg 40] centralize itself. In the plant kingdom, it reaches a greater level of unity or centralization; however, the soul still lacks the unity of action that it achieves later. The processes of the vegetative soul are:—
(a) Assimilation.
Adaptation.
(b) Growth.
Growth.
(c) Reproduction.
(c) Copying.
These processes, however, are nothing more than so many manifestations of love. Assimilation indicates attraction and transformation of what is external into what is internal. Growth is love of achieving more and more harmony of parts; and reproduction means perpetuation of the kind, which is only another phase of love.
These processes, however, are really just various expressions of love. Assimilation shows attraction and the transformation of what is outside into what is inside. Growth is the love of achieving increasing harmony among parts; and reproduction means the continuation of the species, which is just another aspect of love.
3. In the animal kingdom, the various operations of the force of love are still more unified. It does preserve the vegetable instinct of acting in different directions; but there is also the development of temperament which is a step towards more unified activity. In man this tendency towards unification manifests itself in self-consciousness. The same force of "natural or constitutional love", is working in the life of beings higher than man. All things are [Pg 41] moving towards the first Beloved—the Eternal Beauty. The worth of a thing is decided by its nearness to or distance from, this ultimate principle.
3. In the animal kingdom, the various actions of love are even more cohesive. It retains the plant instinct to act in different ways, but there's also the growth of temperament that leads to more unified activity. In humans, this drive for unity shows up as self-awareness. The same force of "natural or constitutional love" operates in the lives of beings above humans. Everything is moving towards the first Beloved—the Eternal Beauty. The value of something is determined by how close or far it is from this ultimate principle. [Pg 41]
As a physician, however, Avicenna is especially interested in the nature of the Soul. In his times, moreover, the doctrine of metempsychosis was getting more and more popular. He, therefore, discusses the nature of the soul, with a view to show the falsity of this doctrine. It is difficult, he says, to define the soul; since it manifests different powers and tendencies in different planes of being. His view of the various powers of the soul can be thus represented:—
As a doctor, however, Avicenna is particularly interested in the nature of the Soul. During his time, the belief in metempsychosis was becoming increasingly popular. He therefore discusses the nature of the soul to demonstrate the falsehood of this belief. It's challenging, he says, to define the soul since it reveals different abilities and tendencies in different states of existence. His perspective on the various abilities of the soul can be represented as follows:—
1. Manifestation as unconscious activity—
Manifestation as unconscious behavior—
(a). Working in different directions (Vegetative soul) | 1. Assimilation. | |
2. Growth. | ||
3. Reproduction. | ||
(b). Working in one direction and securing uniformity of action—growth of temperament. |
2. Manifestation as conscious activity—
2. Manifestation as intentional action—
(b). As directed to one object—The soul of the spheres which continue in one uniform motion.
(b). Focused on a single purpose—the essence of the spheres that move continually in a steady motion.

"Picture of a table called Animal soul."
Animal soul. | Lower Animals. | A. Perceptive powers. | |||
B. Motive powers (desire of pleasure and avoidance of pain). | |||||
Man. | A. Perceptive powers. | (a) Five external senses. | |||
(b) Five internal senses— | 1. Sensorium. | These constitute the five internal senses of the soul which, in man, manifests itself as progressive reason, developing from human to angelic and prophetic reason. | |||
2. Retention of images. | |||||
3. Conception. | |||||
4. Imagination. | |||||
5. Memory. | |||||
B. Motive powers—will. |
In his fragment on "Nafs" (soul) Avicenna endeavours to show that a material accompaniment is not necessary to the soul. It is not through the instrumentality of the body, or some power of the body, that the soul conceives or imagines; since if the soul necessarily requires a physical medium in conceiving other things, it must require a different body in order to conceive the body attached to itself. [Pg 43] Moreover, the fact that the soul is immediately self conscious—conscious of itself through itself—conclusively shows that in its essence the soul is quite independent of any physical accompaniment. The doctrine of metempsychosis implies, also, individual pre-existence. But supposing that the soul did exist before the body, it must have existed either as one or as many. The multiplicity of bodies is due to the multiplicity of material forms, and does not indicate the multiplicity of souls. On the other hand, if it existed as one, the ignorance or knowledge of A must mean the ignorance or knowledge of B; since the soul is one in both. These categories, therefore, cannot be applied to the soul. The truth is, says Avicenna, that body and soul are contiguous to each other, but quite opposite in their respective essences. The disintegration of the body does not necessitate the annihilation of the soul. Dissolution or decay is a property of compounds, and not of simple, indivisible, ideal substances. Avicenna, then denies pre-existence, and endeavours to show the possibility of disembodied conscious life beyond the grave. [Pg 44]
In his discussion on "Nafs" (soul), Avicenna tries to prove that the soul doesn't need a material companion. The soul doesn't conceive or imagine through the body or any bodily power. If the soul required a physical medium to conceive other things, it would also need a different body to conceive of the body it’s attached to. [Pg 43] Additionally, the fact that the soul is immediately self-aware—aware of itself through its own essence—shows that the soul is fundamentally independent of any physical companion. The theory of metempsychosis also suggests individual pre-existence. However, if the soul pre-existed the body, it must have existed either as one or many. The variety of bodies comes from the diversity of material forms, which doesn't imply a multiplicity of souls. On the other hand, if it existed as one, what A knows or doesn’t know would mean the same for B, since the soul is unified in both cases. Therefore, these categories can't apply to the soul. The truth is, says Avicenna, that body and soul are close to one another, but completely opposite in their essential natures. The breakdown of the body doesn't lead to the destruction of the soul. Dissolution or decay is a characteristic of compounds, not of simple, indivisible, ideal substances. Avicenna thus rejects pre-existence and works to demonstrate the possibility of conscious life existing beyond the grave. [Pg 44]
We have run over the work of the early Persian Neo-Platonists among whom, as we have seen, Avicenna alone learned to think for himself. Of the generations of his disciples—Behmenyār, Ab u’l-Ma’mūm of Isfahān, Ma‘ṣūmī, Ab u’l-‘Abbās, Ibn Tāhir[44:1]—who carried on their master's Philosophy, we need not speak. So powerful was the spell of Avicenna's personality that, even long after it had been removed, any amplification or modification of his views was considered to be an unpardonable crime. The old Iranian idea of the dualism of Light and Darkness, does not act as a determining factor in the progress of Neo-Platonic ideas in Persia, which borrowed independent life for a time, and eventually merged their separate existence in the general current of Persian speculation. They are, therefore, connected with the course of indigenous thought only in so far as they contributed to the strength and expansion of that monistic tendency, which manifested itself early in the Church of Zoroaster; and, though for a time hindered by the Theological controversies of [Pg 45] Islām, burst out with redoubled force in later times, to extend its titanic grasp to all the previous intellectual achievements of the land of its birth.
We have discussed the work of the early Persian Neo-Platonists, among whom, as we've seen, Avicenna was the only one who truly learned to think independently. We don’t need to delve into his disciples—Behmenyār, Ab u’l-Ma’mūm of Isfahān, Ma‘ṣūmī, Ab u’l-‘Abbās, Ibn Tāhir[44:1]—who carried on their master’s philosophy. Avicenna's charisma was so strong that even long after his influence faded, any alteration or expansion of his ideas was deemed an unforgivable offense. The ancient Iranian concept of the dualism of Light and Darkness did not significantly impact the development of Neo-Platonic ideas in Persia, which, for a time, evolved independently and eventually blended into the broader stream of Persian thought. Thus, their connection to the indigenous intellectual tradition exists only to the extent that they upheld and enhanced the monistic trend that emerged early in Zoroastrianism; and, although temporarily stifled by theological debates in[Pg 45] Islam, it later reemerged with even greater intensity, encompassing all the previous intellectual advancements of its birthplace.
FOOTNOTES:
[26:1] Dr. Boer, in his Philosophy of Islām, gives a full account of the Philosophy of Al-Fārābī and Avicenna; but his account of Ibn Maskawaih's Philosophy is restricted to the Ethical teaching of that Philosopher. I have given here his metaphysical views which are decidedly more systematic than those of Al-Fārābī. Instead of repeating Avicenna's Neo-Platonism I have briefly stated what I believe to be his original contribution to the thought of his country.
[26:1] Dr. Boer, in his Philosophy of Islām, provides a detailed overview of Al-Fārābī and Avicenna's philosophies; however, his discussion of Ibn Maskawaih's Philosophy is limited to that philosopher's ethical teachings. Here, I have presented his metaphysical views, which are certainly more systematic than Al-Fārābī's. Rather than reiterating Avicenna's Neo-Platonism, I've briefly outlined what I consider to be his original contributions to his country's philosophy.
[38:1] This fragment on love is preserved in the collected works of Avicenna in the British Museum Library and has been edited by N. A. F. Mehren. (Leiden, 1894.)
[38:1] This piece about love is kept in the collected works of Avicenna at the British Museum Library and has been edited by N. A. F. Mehren. (Leiden, 1894.)
[44:1] Al-Baihaqi; fol. 28a et seqq.
CHAP. III.
THE RISE AND FALL OF RATIONALISM IN ISLAM.
§ I.
The Metaphysics of Rationalism—Materialism.
The Persian mind, having adjusted itself to the new political environment, soon reasserts its innate freedom, and begins to retire from the field of objectivity, in order that it may come back to itself, and reflect upon the material achieved in its journey out of its own inwardness. With the study of Greek thought, the spirit which was almost lost in the concrete, begins to reflect and realise itself as the arbiter of truth. Subjectivity asserts itself, and endeavours to supplant all outward authority. Such [Pg 46] a period, in the intellectual history of a people, must be the epoch of rationalism, scepticism, mysticism, heresy—forms in which the human mind, swayed by the growing force of subjectivity, rejects all external standards of truth. And so we find the epoch under consideration.
The Persian mind, having adapted to the new political scene, quickly reclaims its inherent freedom and starts to withdraw from objectivity to reconnect with itself and reflect on the insights gained from its journey inward. With the exploration of Greek thought, the spirit that was almost lost in the concrete begins to contemplate and recognize itself as the judge of truth. Subjectivity comes to the forefront and tries to replace all external authority. Such [Pg 46] a time in the intellectual history of a people must be an era of rationalism, skepticism, mysticism, and heresy—forms in which the human mind, influenced by the increasing power of subjectivity, discards all outside standards of truth. And so we find the era we are discussing.
The period of Umayyad dominance is taken up with the process of co-mingling and adjustment to new conditions of life; but with the rise of the ‘Abbāsid Dynasty and the study of Greek Philosophy, the pent-up intellectual force of Persia bursts out again, and exhibits wonderful activity in all the departments of thought and action. The fresh intellectual vigour imparted by the assimilation of Greek Philosophy which was studied with great avidity, led immediately to a critical examination of Islamic Monotheism. Theology, enlivened by religious fervour, learned to talk the language of Philosophy earlier than cold reason began to seek a retired corner, away from the noise of controversy, in order to construct a consistent theory of things. In the first half of the 8th century we find Wāṣil Ibn ‘Atā—a Persian disciple of the famous theologian Ḥasan [Pg 47] of Baṣra—starting Mu‘tazilaism (Rationalism)—that most interesting movement which engaged some of the subtlest minds of Persia, and finally exhausted its force in the keen metaphysical controversies of Baghdād and Baṣra. The famous city of Baṣra had become, owing to its commercial situation, the playground of various forces—Greek Philosophy, Scepticism, Christianity, Buddhistic ideas, Manichaeism[47:1]—which furnished ample spiritual food to the inquiring mind of the time, and formed the intellectual environment of Islamic Rationalism. What Spitta calls the Syrian period of Muhammadan History is not characterised with metaphysical subtleties. With the advent of the Persian Period, however, Muhammadan students of Greek Philosophy began properly to reflect on their religion; and the Mu‘tazila thinkers[47:2], gradually drifted [Pg 48] into metaphysics with which alone we are concerned here. It is not our object to trace the history of the Mu‘tazila Kalām; for present purposes it will be sufficient if we briefly reveal the metaphysical implications of the Mu‘tazila view of Islām. The conception of God, and the theory of matter, therefore, are the only aspects of Rationalism which we propose to discuss here.
The period of Umayyad rule involves the blending and adaptation to new ways of life; however, with the emergence of the ‘Abbāsid Dynasty and the study of Greek Philosophy, the long-simmering intellectual energy of Persia resurfaces and shows remarkable activity in various areas of thought and action. The new intellectual energy gained from the enthusiastic study of Greek Philosophy led directly to a critical analysis of Islamic Monotheism. Theology, fueled by religious passion, began to use the language of Philosophy before cold reasoning sought out a quiet space away from the controversies to build a coherent theory of existence. In the first half of the 8th century, we find Wāṣil Ibn ‘Atā—a Persian student of the well-known theologian Ḥasan [Pg 47] of Baṣra—initiating Mu‘tazilaism (Rationalism)—an intriguing movement that attracted some of the sharpest minds of Persia, ultimately running out of steam in the intense metaphysical debates of Baghdād and Baṣra. The well-known city of Baṣra, due to its commercial position, became a hub for various influences—Greek Philosophy, Skepticism, Christianity, Buddhist ideas, Manichaeism[47:1]—which provided ample intellectual nourishment for the curious minds of the era, shaping the intellectual backdrop for Islamic Rationalism. What Spitta refers to as the Syrian period of Muhammadan History lacks metaphysical complexities. However, with the start of the Persian Period, Muhammadan scholars of Greek Philosophy began to genuinely contemplate their religion; and the Mu‘tazila thinkers[47:2], gradually transitioned into metaphysics, which is the focus of our discussion here. We do not aim to outline the history of the Mu‘tazila Kalām; for our current purposes, it suffices to briefly reveal the metaphysical implications of the Mu‘tazila view of Islām. Thus, the concept of God and the theory of matter are the only aspects of Rationalism that we intend to address here.
His conception of the unity of God at which the Mu‘tazila eventually arrived by a subtle dialectic is one of the fundamental points in which he differs from the Orthodox Muhammadan. God's attributes, according to his view, cannot be said to inhere in him; they form [Pg 49] the very essence of His nature. The Mu‘tazila, therefore, denies the separate reality of divine attributes, and declares their absolute identity with the abstract divine Principle. "God", says Abu’l-Hudhail, "is knowing, all-powerful, living; and his knowledge, power and life constitute His very essence (dhāt)"[49:1]. In order to explain the pure unity of God Joseph Al-Baṣīr[49:2] lays down the following five principles:—
His understanding of God's unity, which the Mu‘tazila eventually reached through a nuanced debate, is one of the key areas where he differs from Orthodox Muslims. According to his perspective, God's attributes cannot exist separately from Him; they are integral to His very essence. Therefore, the Mu‘tazila rejects the idea of divine attributes having a separate reality and asserts their complete identity with the abstract divine Principle. "God," says Abu’l-Hudhail, "is all-knowing, all-powerful, and living, and His knowledge, power, and life make up His very essence." To clarify the pure unity of God, Joseph Al-Baṣīr presents the following five principles:—
(1). The necessary supposition of atom and accident.
(1). The essential idea of atom and accident.
(2). The necessary supposition of a creator.
(2). The essential assumption of a creator.
(3). The necessary supposition of the conditions (Aḥwāl) of God.
(3). The necessary assumption of the conditions (Aḥwāl) of God.
(4). The rejection of those attributes which do not befit God.
(4). The dismissal of those qualities that are not suitable for God.
(5). The unity of God in spite of the plurality of His attributes.
(5). The oneness of God despite the variety of His attributes.
This conception of unity underwent further modifications; until in the hands of Mu‘ammar and Abu Hāshim it became a mere abstract possibility about which nothing could be predicated. We cannot, he says, predicate knowledge [Pg 50] of God[50:1], for His knowledge must be of something in Himself. The first necessitates the identity of subject and object which is absurd; the second implicates duality in the nature of God which is equally impossible. Aḥmad and Faḍl[50:2]—disciples of Nazzām, however, recognised this duality in holding that the original creators are two—God—the eternal principle; and the word of God—Jesus Christ—the contingent principle. But more fully to bring out the element of truth in the second alternative suggested by Mu‘ammar, was reserved, as we shall see, for later Ṣūfī thinkers of Persia. It is, therefore, clear that some of the rationalists almost unconsciously touched the outer fringe of later pantheism for which, in a sense, they prepared the way, not only by their definition of God, but also by their common effort to internalise the rigid externality of an absolute law.
This idea of unity went through further changes; eventually, in the hands of Mu‘ammar and Abu Hāshim, it became just an abstract possibility with nothing definite to say about it. We cannot, he claims, say that God has knowledge[50:1], because His knowledge must pertain to something within Himself. The first option requires the identity of subject and object, which is absurd; the second implies duality in God's nature, which is also impossible. However, Aḥmad and Faḍl[50:2], followers of Nazzām, recognized this duality by asserting that there are two original creators—God, the eternal principle, and the word of God, Jesus Christ, the contingent principle. To fully highlight the truth in the second option suggested by Mu‘ammar, as we will see, was a matter later addressed by Ṣūfī thinkers in Persia. Thus, it is evident that some rationalists nearly unconsciously touched on the beginnings of later pantheism, for which they paved the way, not only through their definitions of God but also by their shared effort to internalize the strict exteriority of an absolute law.
But the most important contribution of the advocates of Rationalism to purely metaphysical [Pg 51] speculation, is their explanation of matter, which their opponents—the Ash‘arite—afterwards modified to fit in with their own views of the nature of God. The interest of Nazzām chiefly consisted in the exclusion of all arbitrariness from the orderly course of nature[51:1]. The same interest in naturalism led Al-Jāḥiẓ to define Will in a purely negative manner[51:2]. Though the Rationalist thinkers did not want to abandon the idea of a Personal Will, yet they endeavoured to find a deeper ground for the independence of individual natural phenomena. And this ground they found in matter itself. Nazzām taught the infinite divisibility of matter, and obliterated the distinction between substance and accident[51:3]. Existence was regarded as a quality superimposed by God on the pre-existing material atoms which would have been incapable of perception without this quality. Muḥammad Ibn ‘Uthmān, one of the Mu‘tazila Shaikhs, says Ibn Ḥazm,[51:4] maintained that the non-existent [Pg 52] (atom in its pre-existential state) is a body in that state; only that in its pre-existential condition it is neither in motion, nor at rest, nor is it said to be created. Substance, then, is a collection of qualities—taste, odour, colour—which, in themselves, are nothing more than material potentialities. The soul, too, is a finer kind of matter; and the processes of knowledge are mere mental motions. Creation is only the actualisation of pre-existing potentialities[52:1] (Ṭafra). The individuality of a thing which is defined as "that of which something can be predicated"[52:2] is not an essential factor in its notion. The collection of things we call the Universe, is externalised or perceptible reality which could, so to speak, exist independent of all perceptibility. The object of these metaphysical subtleties is purely theological. God, to the Rationalist, is an absolute unity which can, in no sense, admit of plurality, and could thus exist without the perceptible plurality—the Universe.
But the most significant contribution of the supporters of Rationalism to purely metaphysical thought is their explanation of matter, which their opponents—the Ash‘arite—later adjusted to align with their own views on the nature of God. Nazzām's main interest was to eliminate any randomness from the orderly process of nature. This same interest in naturalism prompted Al-Jāḥiẓ to define Will in a purely negative way. Although the Rationalist thinkers did not want to abandon the concept of a Personal Will, they sought a deeper foundation for the independence of individual natural phenomena. They discovered this foundation within matter itself. Nazzām proposed the idea of the infinite divisibility of matter and erased the distinction between substance and accident. Existence was seen as a quality imposed by God on the pre-existing material atoms, which would have been imperceptible without this quality. Muḥammad Ibn ‘Uthmān, one of the Mu‘tazila Sheikhs, as Ibn Ḥazm noted, argued that the non-existent atom in its pre-existential state is a body in that state; however, in its pre-existential condition, it is neither in motion, nor at rest, nor can it be said to be created. Thus, substance is a collection of qualities—taste, odor, color—which, in themselves, are merely material potentialities. The soul is also a finer type of matter, and the processes of knowledge are simply mental motions. Creation is merely the actualization of pre-existing potentialities. The individuality of a thing, defined as "that of which something can be predicated," is not a fundamental aspect of its concept. The collection of things we refer to as the Universe is externalized or perceptible reality that could, so to speak, exist independently of all perceptibility. The aim of these metaphysical nuances is purely theological. For the Rationalist, God is an absolute unity that cannot, in any sense, allow for plurality and could therefore exist without the perceptible plurality—the Universe.
The activity of God, then, consists only in [Pg 53] making the atom perceptible. The properties of the atom flow from its own nature. A stone thrown up falls down on account of its own indwelling property[53:1]. God, says Al-‘Aṭṭār of Baṣra and Bishr ibn al Mu‘tamir, did not create colour, length, breadth, taste or smell—all these are activities of bodies themselves[53:2]. Even the number of things in the Universe is not known to God[53:3]. Bishr ibn al-Mu‘tamir further explained the properties of bodies by what he called "Tawallud"—interaction of bodies[53:4]. Thus it is clear that the Rationalists were philosophically materialists, and theologically deists.
The activity of God, then, is simply about making the atom noticeable. The characteristics of the atom come from its own nature. A stone thrown up falls down because of its own inherent property. God, according to Al-‘Aṭṭār from Baṣra and Bishr ibn al Mu‘tamir, did not create color, length, width, taste, or smell—these are all functions of the bodies themselves. Even the total number of things in the Universe is unknown to God. Bishr ibn al-Mu‘tamir further clarified the properties of bodies through what he called "Tawallud"—the interaction of bodies. Therefore, it is clear that the Rationalists were philosophically materialists and theologically deists.
To them substance and atom are identical, and they define substance as a space-filling atom which, besides the quality of filling space, has a certain direction, force and existence forming its very essence as an actuality. In shape it is squarelike; for if it is supposed to be circular, combination of different atoms would not be possible[53:5]. There is, however, [Pg 54] great difference of opinion among the exponents of atomism in regard to the nature of the atom. Some hold that atoms are all similar to each other; while Abu’l-Qāsim of Balkh regards them as similar as well as dissimilar. When we say that two things are similar to each other, we do not necessarily mean that they are similar in all their attributes. Abu’l-Qāsim further differs from Nazzām in advocating the indestructibility of the atom. He holds that the atom had a beginning in time; but that it cannot be completely annihilated. The attribute of "Baqā" (continued existence), he says, does not give to its subject a new attribute other than existence; and the continuity of existence is not an additional attribute at all. The divine activity created the atom as well as its continued existence. Abu’l-Qāsim, however, admits that some atoms may not have been created for continued existence. He denies also the existence of any intervening space between different atoms, and holds, unlike other representatives of the school, that the essence or atom (Māhiyyat) could not remain essence in a state of non-existence. To advocate the opposite is a contradiction [Pg 55] in terms. To say that the essence (which is essence because of the attribute of existence) could remain essence in a state of non-existence, is to say that the existent could remain existent in a state of non-existence. It is obvious that Abu’l-Qāsim here approaches the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge which dealt a serious blow to the Rationalist theory of matter.
To them, substance and atom are the same, and they define substance as an atom that fills space and has a certain direction, force, and existence that form its core essence as an actuality. Its shape is square-like; if it were circular, combining different atoms wouldn’t be possible[53:5]. There is, however, [Pg 54] a significant difference of opinion among advocates of atomism regarding the nature of the atom. Some believe that all atoms are identical; while Abu’l-Qāsim of Balk thinks they can be both similar and different. When we say two things are similar, we don't necessarily mean they share all attributes. Abu’l-Qāsim also differs from Nazzām by asserting the indestructibility of the atom. He argues that while the atom had a beginning in time, it cannot be completely destroyed. He states that the attribute of "Baqā" (continued existence) doesn’t give its subject a new attribute beyond existence, and the continuity of existence isn't an additional attribute. Divine activity created the atom and its continued existence. However, Abu’l-Qāsim accepts that some atoms may not have been created for continued existence. He also denies that any intervening space exists between different atoms, and, unlike other representatives of the school, he claims that the essence or atom (Māhiyyat) cannot remain essence in a state of non-existence. Advocating the opposite is a contradiction [Pg 55] in terms. To suggest that the essence (which is essence because of the attribute of existence) could remain essence in a state of non-existence is to imply that the existent could remain existent in a state of non-existence. It is clear that Abu’l-Qāsim here approaches the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge, which significantly challenged the Rationalist theory of matter.
§ II.
Contemporary Movements of Thought.
Side by side with the development of Mu‘tazilaism we see, as is natural in a period of great intellectual activity, many other tendencies of thought manifesting themselves in the philosophical and religious circles of Islam. Let us notice them briefly:—
Side by side with the growth of Mu‘tazilaism, we notice, as is common during a time of significant intellectual activity, many other thought trends emerging in the philosophical and religious circles of Islam. Let’s take a moment to briefly highlight them:—
1. Scepticism. The tendency towards scepticism was the natural consequence of the purely dialectic method of Rationalism. Men such as Ibn Ashras and Al-Jāhiz who apparently belonged to the Rationalist camp, were really sceptics. The standpoint of Al-Jāhiz who inclined to deistic naturalism[55:1], is that of a cultured man of the time, and not of a professional theologian. In [Pg 56] him is noticeable also a reaction against the metaphysical hairsplitting of his predecessors, and a desire to widen the pale of theology for the sake of the illiterate who are incapable of reflecting on articles of faith.
1. Skepticism. The tendency toward skepticism was a natural result of the purely dialectical approach of Rationalism. Figures like Ibn Ashras and Al-Jāhiz, who seemingly belonged to the Rationalist group, were actually skeptics. Al-Jāhiz's perspective, which leaned toward deistic naturalism[55:1], reflects that of an educated person of his time rather than a professional theologian. In [Pg 56] him, there is also a noticeable reaction against the metaphysical hair-splitting of his predecessors and a desire to broaden the scope of theology for the sake of the uneducated who cannot contemplate articles of faith.
2. Ṣūfīism—an appeal to a higher source of knowledge which was first systematised by Dhu’l-Nūn, and became more and more deepened and antischolastic in contrast to the dry intellectualism of the Ash‘arite. We shall consider this interesting movement in the following chapter.
2. Sufism—an appeal to a higher source of knowledge that was first organized by Dhū'l-Nūn, and became increasingly profound and anti-scholastic compared to the rigid intellectualism of the Ash'arites. We'll explore this fascinating movement in the next chapter.
3. The revival of authority—Ismā‘īlianism—a movement characteristically Persian which, instead of repudiating freethought, endeavours to come to an understanding with it. Though this movement seems to have no connection with the theological controversies of the time, yet its connection with freethought is fundamental. The similarity between the methods practised by the Ismā‘īlian missionaries and those of the partisans of the association called Ikhwān al-Safā—Brethren of Purity—suggests some sort of secret relation between the two institutions. Whatever may be the motive of those who started this movement, its significance [Pg 57] as an intellectual phenomenon should not be lost sight of. The multiplicity of philosophical and religious views—a necessary consequence of speculative activity—is apt to invoke forces which operate against this, religiously speaking, dangerous multiplicity. In the 18th century history of European thought we see Fichte, starting with a sceptical inquiry concerning the nature of matter, and finding its last word in Pantheism. Schleiermacher appeals to Faith as opposed to Reason, Jacobi points to a source of knowledge higher than reason, while Comte abandons all metaphysical inquiry, and limits all knowledge to sensuous perception. De Maistre and Schlegel, on the other hand, find a resting place in the authority of an absolutely infallible Pope. The advocates of the doctrine of Imāmat think in the same strain as De Maistre; but it is curious that the Ismā‘īlians, while making this doctrine the basis of their Church, permitted free play to all sorts of thinking.
3. The revival of authority—Ismā‘īlianism—a movement that is distinctly Persian, which aims to engage with freethought rather than rejecting it. Although this movement appears unrelated to the theological debates of its time, its connection to freethought is essential. The similarities between the tactics used by the Ismā‘īlian missionaries and those of the group known as Ikhwān al-Safā—Brethren of Purity—suggest some sort of hidden relationship between the two movements. Regardless of the reasons behind this movement's initiation, its significance as an intellectual phenomenon should not be overlooked. The variety of philosophical and religious views—a natural outcome of speculative activity—tends to provoke forces that oppose this, which can be seen as religiously perilous multiplicity. In 18th century European intellectual history, we observe Fichte, beginning with a skeptical inquiry into the nature of matter and ultimately arriving at Pantheism. Schleiermacher appeals to Faith rather than Reason, Jacobi refers to a source of knowledge beyond reason, while Comte dismisses all metaphysical inquiries, restricting knowledge to sensory experience. De Maistre and Schlegel, on the other hand, find solace in the authority of an absolutely infallible Pope. The supporters of the Imāmat doctrine share similar thoughts as De Maistre; yet, it’s interesting that the Ismā‘īlians, while establishing this doctrine as the foundation of their Church, allowed all kinds of thinking to thrive.
The Ismā‘īlia movement then is one aspect of the persistent battle[57:1] which the intellectually [Pg 58] independent Persian waged against the religious and political ideals of Islam. Originally a branch of the Shī‘ite religion, the Ismā‘īlia sect assumed quite a cosmopolitan character with ‘Abdulla ibn Maimūn—the probable progenitor of the Fātimid Caliphs of Egypt—who died about the same time when Al-Ash‘arī, the great opponent of Freethought, was born. This curious man imagined a vast scheme in which he weaved together innumerable threads of various hues, resulting in a cleverly constructed equivocation, charming to the Persian mind for its mysterious character and misty Pythagorean Philosophy. Like the Association of the Brethren of Purity, he made an attempt, under the pious cloak of the doctrine of Imāmat (Authority), to synthesise all the dominating ideas of the time. Greek Philosophy, Christianity, Rationalism, Sūfīism, Manichaeism, Persian heresies, and above all the idea of reincarnation, all came forward to contribute their respective shares [Pg 59] to the boldly conceived Ismā‘īlian whole, the various aspects of which were to be gradually revealed to the initiated, by the "Leader"—the ever Incarnating Universal Reason—according to the intellectual development of the age in which he incarnated himself. In the Ismā‘īlian movement, Freethought, apprehending the collapse of its ever widening structure, seeks to rest upon a stable basis, and, by a strange irony of fate, is led to find it in the very idea which is revolting to its whole being. Barren authority, though still apt to reassert herself at times, adopts this unclaimed child, and thus permits herself to assimilate all knowledge past, present and future.
The Ismā‘īlia movement is one part of the ongoing struggle[57:1] that the intellectually independent Persians fought against the religious and political ideals of Islam. Initially a branch of the Shī‘ite faith, the Ismā‘īlia sect developed a cosmopolitan nature with ‘Abdulla ibn Maimūn—the likely ancestor of the Fātimid Caliphs of Egypt—who died around the same time that Al-Ash‘arī, a major opponent of Freethought, was born. This intriguing figure envisioned a grand plan where he intertwined countless diverse elements, leading to a cleverly constructed ambiguity that appealed to the Persian mind with its enigmatic quality and vague Pythagorean Philosophy. Similar to the Association of the Brethren of Purity, he attempted to blend all the prevailing ideas of the time under the pious guise of the doctrine of Imāmat (Authority). Greek Philosophy, Christianity, Rationalism, Sūfīism, Manichaeism, Persian heresies, and especially the concept of reincarnation all played their roles in contributing to the boldly envisioned Ismā‘ilian unity, the various facets of which would be gradually revealed to the initiated by the "Leader"—the ever-Incarnating Universal Reason—according to the intellectual progress of the era in which he embodied himself. In the Ismā‘ilian movement, Freethought, recognizing the collapse of its ever-expanding framework, tries to find stability, ironically discovering it in the very idea that is repugnant to its core essence. Although barren authority still tends to reassert itself from time to time, it adopts this unclaimed offspring, allowing itself to absorb all knowledge from the past, present, and future.
The unfortunate connection, however, of this movement with the politics of the time, has misled many a scholar. They see in it (Macdonald, for instance) nothing more than a powerful conspiracy to uproot the political power of the Arab from Persia. They have denounced the Ismā‘īlian Church which counted among its followers some of the best heads and sincerest hearts, as a mere clique of dark murderers who were ever watching for a possible victim. [Pg 60] We must always remember, while estimating the character of these people, the most barbarous persecutions which drove them to pay red-handed fanaticism in the same coin. Assassinations for religious purposes were considered unobjectionable, and even perhaps lawful, among the whole Semite race. As late as the latter half of the 16th century, the Pope of Rome could approve such a dreadful slaughter as the massacre of St. Bartholomew. That assassination, even though actuated by religious zeal, is still a crime, is a purely modern idea; and justice demands that we should not judge older generations with our own standards of right and wrong. A great religious movement which shook to its very foundations the structure of a vast empire, and, having successfully passed through the varied ordeals of moral reproach, calumny and persecution, stood up for centuries as a champion of Science and Philosophy, could not have entirely rested on the frail basis of a political conspiracy of a mere local and temporary character. Ismā‘īlianism, in spite of its almost entire loss of original vitality, still dominates the ethical ideal of not an [Pg 61] insignificant number in India, Persia, Central Asia, Syria and Africa; while the last expression of Persian thought—Bābism—is essentially Ismā‘īlian in its character.
The unfortunate connection of this movement with the politics of the time has misled many scholars. For example, Macdonald sees it as nothing more than a powerful conspiracy to remove Arab political power from Persia. They have condemned the Ismā‘īlian Church, which included some of the best minds and kindest hearts, as just a group of murderous criminals always on the lookout for a victim. [Pg 60] We must always remember, when evaluating these people, the brutal persecutions that drove them to respond with extreme fanaticism. Assassinations for religious reasons were considered acceptable, and perhaps even lawful, among the entire Semitic race. As late as the second half of the 16th century, the Pope of Rome could endorse such a horrific event as the St. Bartholomew's Day Massacre. The idea that assassination, even when motivated by religious zeal, is still a crime is a modern concept; and justice requires us not to judge earlier generations by our own standards of right and wrong. A significant religious movement that shook the foundations of a vast empire and, after enduring various challenges of moral condemnation, slander, and persecution, stood as a champion of Science and Philosophy for centuries, could not have solely rested on the weak foundation of a political conspiracy of a local and temporary nature. Despite its almost complete loss of original vitality, Ismā‘īlianism still influences the ethical ideals of a considerable number of people in India, Persia, Central Asia, Syria, and Africa; while the latest expression of Persian thought—Bābism—is fundamentally Ismā‘īlian in nature. [Pg 61]
To return, however, to the Philosophy of the sect. From the later Rationalists they borrowed their conception of Divinity. God, or the ultimate principle of existence, they teach, has no attribute. His nature admits of no predication. When we predicate the attribute of power to him, we only mean that He is the giver of power; when we predicate eternity, we indicate the eternity of what the Qur’ān calls "Amr" (word of God) as distinguished from the "Khalq" (creation of God) which is contingent. In His nature all contradictions melt away, and from Him flow all opposites. Thus they considered themselves to have solved the problem which had troubled the mind of Zoroaster and his followers.
To get back to the philosophy of the sect, they took their idea of divinity from later Rationalists. They teach that God, or the ultimate principle of existence, has no attributes. His nature cannot be defined. When we say He has the attribute of power, we only mean that He is the source of power; when we describe Him as eternal, we're referring to the eternity of what the Qur’ān calls "Amr" (word of God) as opposed to the "Khalq" (creation of God) which is contingent. In His nature, all contradictions dissolve, and all opposites flow from Him. This way, they considered themselves to have solved the issue that had troubled Zoroaster and his followers.
In order to find an answer to the question, "What is plurality?" the Ismā‘īlia refer to what they consider a metaphysical axiom—"that from one only one can proceed". But the one which proceeds, is not something completely [Pg 62] different from which it proceeds. It is really the Primal one transformed. The Primal Unity, therefore, transformed itself into the First Intellect (Universal Reason); and then, by means of this transformation of itself, created the Universal soul which, impelled by its nature to perfectly identify itself with the original source, felt the necessity of motion, and consequently of a body possessing the power of motion. In order to achieve its end, the soul created the heavens moving in circular motion according to its direction. It also created the elements which mixed together, and formed the visible Universe—the scene of plurality through which it endeavours to pass with a view to come back to the original source. The individual soul is an epitome of the whole Universe which exists only for its progressive education. The Universal Reason incarnates itself from time to time, in the personality of the "Leader" who illuminates the soul in proportion to its experience and understanding, and gradually guides it through the scene of plurality to the world of eternal unity. When the Universal soul reaches its goal, or rather returns to its [Pg 63] own deep being, the process of disintegration ensues. "Particles constituting the Universe fall off from each other—those of goodness go to truth (God) which symbolises unity; those of evil go to untruth (Devil) which symbolises diversity"[63:1]. This is but briefly the Ismā‘īlian Philosophy—a mixture, as Sharastānī remarks, of Philosophical and Manichaean ideas—which, by gradually arousing the slumbering spirit of scepticism, they administered, as it were, in doses to the initiated, and finally brought them to that stage of spiritual emancipation where solemn ritual drops off, and dogmatic religion appears to be nothing more than a systematic arrangement of useful falsehoods.
To answer the question, "What is plurality?" the Ismā‘īlia refer to what they see as a metaphysical axiom—"that from one only one can proceed." However, the one that comes forth is not completely separate from the one it comes from. It is actually the original one transformed. The Primal Unity, therefore, changed into the First Intellect (Universal Reason); and then, through this transformation, created the Universal soul which, driven by its nature to fully connect with the original source, felt the need for motion, which meant needing a body capable of movement. To fulfill its purpose, the soul created the heavens that move in circular motion according to its guidance. It also generated the elements that mixed together to form the visible Universe—the realm of plurality through which it strives to return to the original source. The individual soul is a reflection of the whole Universe that exists solely for its development. The Universal Reason manifests itself from time to time in the role of the "Leader," who enlightens the soul according to its experiences and understanding, gradually leading it through the realm of plurality to the world of eternal unity. When the Universal soul reaches its destination, or rather returns to its own core existence, disintegration begins. "Particles making up the Universe separate from one another—those of goodness go to truth (God) which represents unity; those of evil go to untruth (Devil) which represents diversity"[63:1]. This is a brief overview of Ismā‘īlian Philosophy—a blend, as Sharastānī notes, of philosophical and Manichaean ideas—which, by gradually awakening the dormant spirit of skepticism, they administered, as if in doses to the initiated, ultimately bringing them to a point of spiritual liberation where solemn rituals fade away, and dogmatic religion seems to be nothing more than a structured collection of useful falsehoods.
The Ismā‘īlian doctrine is the first attempt to amalgamate contemporary Philosophy with a really Persian view of the Universe, and to restate Islam, in reference to this synthesis, by allegorical interpretation of the Qur’ān—a method which was afterwards adopted by Ṣūfīism. With them the Zoroastrian Ahriman (Devil) is not the malignant creator of evil things but it is a principle which violates the [Pg 64] eternal unity, and breaks it up into visible diversity. The idea that some principle of difference in the nature of the ultimate existence must be postulated in order to account for empirical diversity, underwent further modifications; until in the Ḥurūfī sect (an offshoot of the Ismā‘īlia), in the fourteenth century, it touched contemporary Ṣūfīism on the one hand, and Christian Trinity on the other. The "Be", maintained the Ḥurūfīs, is the eternal word of God, which, itself uncreated, leads to further creation—the word externalised. "But for the 'word' the recognition of the essence of Divinity would have been impossible; since Divinity is beyond the reach of sense—perception"[64:1]. The 'word', therefore, became flesh in the womb of Mary[64:2] in order to manifest the Father. The whole Universe is the manifestation of God's 'word', in which He is immanent[64:3]. Every sound in the Universe is within God; every atom is singing the song of eternity[64:4]; all is life. Those who want to [Pg 65] discover the ultimate reality of things, let them seek "the named" through the Name[65:1], which at once conceals and reveals its subject.
The Ismā‘īlian doctrine is the first effort to combine modern Philosophy with a truly Persian perspective on the Universe, and to reinterpret Islam in light of this blend, through allegorical interpretation of the Qur’ān—a method later adopted by Ṣūfīism. For them, the Zoroastrian Ahriman (Devil) is not the evil creator of bad things but rather a principle that disrupts the eternal unity and breaks it into visible diversity. The idea that some principle of difference in the nature of ultimate existence must be assumed to explain empirical diversity went through further changes; until in the Ḥurūfī sect (an offshoot of the Ismā‘īlia), in the fourteenth century, it connected with contemporary Ṣūfīism on one side and the Christian Trinity on the other. The "Be," the Ḥurūfīs asserted, is the eternal word of God, which, being uncreated, leads to further creation—the word made external. "Without the 'word,' recognizing the essence of Divinity would have been impossible; since Divinity is beyond the realm of sense perception." The 'word' then became flesh in the womb of Mary to reveal the Father. The entire Universe is the manifestation of God's 'word,' in which He is present. Every sound in the Universe exists within God; every atom is singing the song of eternity; all is life. Those who seek to uncover the ultimate reality of things should search for "the named" through the Name, which simultaneously conceals and reveals its subject.
§ III.
Reaction against Rationalism.
The Ash‘arite.
Patronised by the early Caliphs of the House of ‘Abbās, Rationalism continued to flourish in the intellectual centres of the Islamic world; until, in the first half of the 9th century, it met the powerful orthodox reaction which found a very energetic leader in Al-Ash‘arī (b, 873 A.D.) who studied under Rationalist teachers only to demolish, by their own methods, the edifice they had so laboriously built. He was a pupil of Al-Jubbā’ī[65:2]—the representative of the younger school of Mu‘tazilaism in Baṣra—with whom he had many controversies[65:3] which eventually terminated their friendly relations, [Pg 66] and led the pupil to bid farewell to the Mu‘tazila camp. "The fact", says Spitta, "that Al-Ash‘arī was so thoroughly a child of his time with the successive currents of which he let himself go, makes him, in another relation, an important figure to us. In him, as in any other, are clearly reflected the various tendencies of this politically as well as religiously interesting period; and we seldom find ourselves in a position to weigh the power of the orthodox confession and the Mu‘tazilite speculation, the child-like helpless manner of the one, the immaturity and imperfection of the other, so completely as in the life of this man who was orthodox as a boy and a Mu‘tazila as a young man"[66:1]. The Mu‘tazila speculation (e.g. Al-Jāḥiz) tended to be absolutely unfettered, and in some cases led to a merely negative attitude of thought. The movement initiated by Al-Ash‘arī was an attempt not only to purge Islām of all non-Islamic elements which had quietly crept into it, but also to harmonize the religious consciousness with the religious thought of Islam. Rationalism was an attempt to measure reality [Pg 67] by reason alone; it implied the identity of the spheres of religion and philosophy, and strove to express faith in the form of concepts or terms of pure thought. It ignored the facts of human nature, and tended to disintegrate the solidarity of the Islamic Church. Hence the reaction.
Patronized by the early Caliphs of the House of ‘Abbās, Rationalism continued to thrive in the intellectual centers of the Islamic world until the first half of the 9th century when it faced a strong orthodox backlash led by Al-Ash‘arī (b. 873 A.D.). He studied under Rationalist teachers only to dismantle, using their own methods, the structure they had painstakingly built. He was a student of Al-Jubbā’ī[65:2]—the representative of the younger school of Mu‘tazilaism in Baṣra—and they had many debates[65:3] that eventually ended their amicable relationship, [Pg 66] leading him to part ways with the Mu‘tazila group. "The fact," says Spitta, "that Al-Ash‘arī was so deeply a child of his time, moving with the successive currents, makes him an important figure for us in this regard. In him, as in anyone else, the different tendencies of this politically and religiously interesting period are clearly reflected; and we rarely find ourselves able to assess the strength of orthodox belief versus Mu‘tazilite speculation, the child-like vulnerability of one and the immaturity of the other, as fully as in the life of this man who was orthodox as a boy and a Mu‘tazila as a young man"[66:1]. The Mu‘tazila speculation (e.g. Al-Jāḥiz) was often completely unrestricted, and at times led to a purely negative way of thinking. The movement started by Al-Ash‘arī aimed not only to rid Islam of all non-Islamic influences that had subtly entered it but also to align religious awareness with Islamic thought. Rationalism tried to understand reality through reason alone; it suggested that religion and philosophy were identical spheres and sought to express faith in terms of pure concepts or ideas. It overlooked the realities of human nature and tended to weaken the unity of the Islamic Church. This led to the reaction.
The orthodox reaction led by the Ash‘arite then was, in reality, nothing more than the transfer of dialectic method to the defence of the authority of Divine Revelation. In opposition to the Rationalists, they maintained the doctrine of the Attributes of God; and, as regards the Free Will controversy, they adopted a course lying midway between the extreme fatalism of the old school, and the extreme libertarianism of the Rationalists. They teach that the power of choice as well as all human actions are created by God; and that man has been given the power of acquiring[67:1] the different modes of activity. But Fakhral-Dīn Rāzī, who in his violent attack on philosophy was strenuously opposed by Tūsī and Qutbal-Dīn, does away with the idea of "acquisition", and openly maintains the doctrine of necessity [Pg 68] in his commentary on the Qur’ān. The Mātarīdiyya—another school of anti-rationalist theology, founded by Abu Manṣūr Mātarīdī a native of Mātarīd in the environs of Samarqand—went back to the old rationalist position, and taught in opposition to the Ash‘arite, that man has absolute control over his activity; and that his power affects the very nature of his actions. Al-Ash‘arī's interest was purely theological; but it was impossible to harmonise reason and revelation without making reference to the ultimate nature of reality. Bāqilānī[68:1] therefore, made use of some purely metaphysical propositions (that substance is an individual unity; that quality cannot exist in quality; that perfect vacuum is possible.) in his Theological investigation, and thus gave the school a metaphysical foundation which it is our main object to bring out. We shall not, therefore, dwell upon their defence of orthodox beliefs (e.g. that the Qur’ān is uncreated; that the visibility of God is possible etc.); but we shall endeavour to pick up the elements of metaphysical [Pg 69] thought in their theological controversies. In order to meet contemporary philosophers on their own ground, they could not dispense with philosophising; hence willingly or unwillingly they had to develop a theory of knowledge peculiar to themselves.
The orthodox response led by the Ash‘arites was essentially just a shift in using dialectic methods to defend the authority of Divine Revelation. In contrast to the Rationalists, they upheld the belief in the Attributes of God. Regarding the Free Will debate, they took a position between the extreme fatalism of the old school and the extreme libertarianism of the Rationalists. They argue that both the power of choice and all human actions are created by God, and that humans have the ability to acquire[67:1] different ways of acting. However, Fakhral-Dīn Rāzī, who aggressively attacked philosophy and faced strong opposition from Tūsī and Qutbal-Dīn, rejected the concept of "acquisition" and openly supported the doctrine of necessity[Pg 68] in his commentary on the Qur’ān. The Mātarīdiyya—another school of anti-rationalist theology founded by Abu Manṣūr Mātarīdī from Mātarīd near Samarqand—reverted to the previous rationalist stance and argued against the Ash‘arites that humans have complete control over their actions, and that their power influences the very essence of those actions. Al-Ash‘arī’s focus was strictly theological; however, it was impossible to reconcile reason and revelation without considering the fundamental nature of reality. Bāqilānī[68:1] therefore utilized some purely metaphysical propositions (like that substance is an individual unity, that quality cannot exist in quality, and that perfect vacuum is possible) in his Theological investigations, providing the school with a metaphysical foundation that we aim to highlight. Thus, we will not focus on their defense of orthodox beliefs (e.g., that the Qur’ān is uncreated; that God's visibility is possible, etc.), but instead we will seek to identify the elements of metaphysical[Pg 69] thought present in their theological debates. To engage with contemporary philosophers on their level, they could not avoid philosophising; therefore, whether willingly or unwillingly, they had to create a distinct theory of knowledge for themselves.
God, according to the Ash‘arite, is the ultimate necessary existence which "carries its attributes in its own being"[69:1]; and whose existence (wujūd) and essence (Māhiyyat) are identical. Besides the argument from the contingent character of motion they used the following arguments to prove the existence of this ultimate principle:—
God, according to the Ash‘arite, is the ultimate necessary existence that "holds its attributes within its own being"[69:1]; and whose existence (wujūd) and essence (Māhiyyat) are the same. In addition to the argument about the dependent nature of motion, they used the following arguments to prove the existence of this ultimate principle:—
(1). All bodies, they argue, are one in so far as the phenomenal fact of their existence is concerned. But in spite of this unity, their qualities are different and even opposed to each other. We are, therefore, driven to postulate an ultimate cause in order to account for their empirical divergence.
(1). All bodies, they argue, are unified when it comes to the observable fact that they exist. However, despite this unity, their qualities are different and even contradict one another. Therefore, we are compelled to suggest an ultimate cause to explain their observable differences.
(2). Every contingent being needs a cause to account for its existence. The Universe is [Pg 70] contingent; therefore it must have a cause; and that cause is God. That the Universe is contingent, they proved in the following manner. All that exists in the Universe, is either substance or quality. The contingence of quality is evident, and the contingence of substance follows from the fact that no substance could exist apart from qualities. The contingence of quality necessitates the contingence of substance; otherwise the eternity of substance would necessitate the eternity of quality. In order fully to appreciate the value of this argument, it is necessary to understand the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge. To answer the question, "What is a thing?" they subjected to a searching criticism the Aristotelian categories of thought, and arrived at the conclusion that bodies have no properties in themselves[70:1]. They made no distinction of secondary and primary qualities of a body, and reduced all of them to purely subjective relations. Quality too became with them a mere accident without which the substance could not exist. They used the word [Pg 71] substance or atom with a vague implication of externality; but their criticism, actuated by a pious desire to defend the idea of divine creation, reduced the Universe to a mere show of ordered subjectivities which, as they maintained like Berkeley, found their ultimate explanation in the Will of God. In his examination of human knowledge regarded as a product and not merely a process, Kant stopped at the idea of "Ding an sich", but the Ash‘arite endeavoured to penetrate further, and maintained, against the contemporary Agnostic-Realism, that the so called underlying essence existed only in so far as it was brought in relation to the knowing subject. Their atomism, therefore, approaches that of Lotze[71:1] who, in spite of his desire to save external reality, ended in its complete reduction to ideality. But like Lotze they could not believe their [Pg 72] atoms to be the inner working of the Infinite Primal Being. The interest of pure monotheism was too strong for them. The necessary consequence of their analysis of matter is a thorough going idealism like that of Berkeley; but perhaps their instinctive realism combined with the force of atomistic tradition, still compels them to use the word "atom" by which they endeavour to give something like a realistic coloring to their idealism. The interest of dogmatic theology drove them to maintain towards pure Philosophy an attitude of criticism which taught her unwilling advocates how to philosophise and build a metaphysics of their own.
(2). Every contingent being needs a cause to explain its existence. The Universe is contingent; therefore, it must have a cause, and that cause is God. They proved that the Universe is contingent in the following way. Everything that exists in the Universe is either substance or quality. The contingency of quality is clear, and the contingency of substance follows from the fact that no substance can exist without qualities. The contingency of quality requires the contingency of substance; otherwise, the eternity of substance would require the eternity of quality. To fully appreciate this argument, it's important to understand the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge. To answer the question, "What is a thing?" they critically examined the Aristotelian categories of thought and concluded that bodies have no properties in themselves[70:1]. They did not differentiate between secondary and primary qualities of a body, reducing them all to purely subjective relationships. Quality, for them, became merely an accident without which the substance couldn't exist. They used the term [Pg 71] substance or atom with a vague implication of externality; however, their criticism, driven by a sincere desire to defend the idea of divine creation, reduced the Universe to a mere display of ordered subjectivities, which, like Berkeley maintained, ultimately found their explanation in the Will of God. In examining human knowledge as a product rather than just a process, Kant stopped at the idea of "Ding an sich," while the Ash‘arite sought to go further, asserting, against contemporary Agnostic-Realism, that the so-called underlying essence exists only in relation to the knowing subject. Their atomism, therefore, is similar to that of Lotze[71:1], who, despite his desire to preserve external reality, ended up completely reducing it to ideality. But like Lotze, they couldn't view their [Pg 72] atoms as the inner workings of the Infinite Primal Being. The interest in pure monotheism was too strong for them. The necessary outcome of their analysis of matter is a thoroughgoing idealism like that of Berkeley; however, perhaps their instinctive realism combined with the force of atomistic tradition still compels them to use the term "atom" in an attempt to give their idealism a semblance of realism. The interests of dogmatic theology led them to adopt a critical stance towards pure Philosophy, teaching its reluctant supporters how to philosophize and construct a metaphysics of their own.
But a more important and philosophically more significant aspect of the Ash‘arite Metaphysics, is their attitude towards the Law of Causation[72:1]. Just as they repudiated all the principles of optics[72:2] in order to show, in opposition to the Rationalists, that God could be visible in spite of His being unextended, so with a view to defend the possibility of miracles, they rejected the idea of causation [Pg 73] altogether. The orthodox believed in miracles as well as in the Universal Law of Causation; but they maintained that, at the time of manifesting a miracle, God suspended the operation of this law. The Ash‘arite, however, starting with the supposition that cause and effect must be similar, could not share the orthodox view, and taught that the idea of power is meaningless, and that we know nothing but floating impressions, the phenomenal order of which is determined by God.
But a more important and philosophically significant aspect of the Ash‘arite Metaphysics is their attitude towards the Law of Causation[72:1]. Just as they rejected all the principles of optics[72:2] to show, in opposition to the Rationalists, that God could be visible even though He is not physically extendable, they also dismissed the idea of causation to defend the possibility of miracles[Pg 73] altogether. The orthodox believed in miracles while also upholding the Universal Law of Causation; but they argued that when a miracle occurs, God temporarily suspends this law. The Ash‘arite, however, starting from the assumption that cause and effect must be similar, could not accept the orthodox view. They taught that the idea of power is meaningless and that we have no knowledge beyond fleeting impressions, the sequence of which is determined by God.
Any account of the Ash‘arite metaphysics would be incomplete without a notice of the work of Al-Ghazālī (d. 1111 A.D.) who though misunderstood by many orthodox theologians, will always be looked upon as one of the greatest personalities of Islam. This sceptic of powerful ability anticipated Descartes[73:1] in his philosophical method; and, "seven hundred years before Hume cut the bond of causality with the edge of his dialectic"[73:2]. He was the [Pg 74] first to write a systematic refutation of philosophy, and completely to annihilate that dread of intellectualism which had characterised the orthodox. It was chiefly his influence that made men study dogma and metaphysics together, and eventually led to a system of education which produced such men as Shahrastānī, Al-Rāzī and Al-Ishrāqī. The following passage indicates his attitude as a thinker:—
Any discussion of Ash'arite metaphysics would be incomplete without mentioning the work of Al-Ghazālī (d. 1111 A.D.), who, despite being misunderstood by many orthodox theologians, will always be regarded as one of the greatest figures in Islam. This skeptical thinker with remarkable talent anticipated Descartes in his philosophical approach; and "seven hundred years before Hume severed the link of causality with the sharpness of his arguments." He was the first to write a systematic critique of philosophy and entirely dispelled the fear of intellectualism that had characterized orthodoxy. It was largely his influence that encouraged people to study dogma and metaphysics together, ultimately leading to an education system that produced notable figures like Shahrastānī, Al-Rāzī, and Al-Ishrāqī. The following passage reflects his perspective as a thinker:—
"From my childhood I was inclined to think out things for myself. The result of this attitude was that I revolted against authority; and all the beliefs that had fixed themselves in my mind from childhood lost their original importance. I thought that such beliefs based on mere authority were equally entertained by Jews, Christians, and followers of other religions. Real knowledge must eradicate all doubt. For instance, it is self-evident that ten is greater than three. If a person, however, endeavours to prove the contrary by an appeal to his power of turning a stick into a snake, the performance would indeed be wonderful, though it cannot touch the certainty of the proposition [Pg 75] in question"[75:1]. He examined afterwards, all the various claimants of "Certain Knowledge" and finally found it in Ṣūfīism.
"From my childhood, I tended to think things through for myself. This attitude made me rebel against authority, and all the beliefs that had settled in my mind since I was young lost their original significance. I believed that those beliefs based on mere authority were held by Jews, Christians, and followers of other religions alike. True knowledge must eliminate all doubt. For example, it’s clear that ten is greater than three. If someone, however, tries to prove the opposite by claiming he can turn a stick into a snake, the act would indeed be remarkable, but it doesn’t change the certainty of the statement [Pg 75] in question"[75:1]. He later examined all the different claims of "Certain Knowledge" and ultimately found it in Ṣūfīism.
With their view of the nature of substance, the Ash‘arite, rigid monotheists as they were, could not safely discuss the nature of the human soul. Al-Ghazālī alone seriously took up the problem, and to this day it is difficult to define, with accuracy, his view of the nature of God. In him, like Borger and Solger in Germany, Ṣūfī pantheism and the Ash‘arite dogma of personality appear to harmonise together, a reconciliation which makes it difficult to say whether he was a Pantheist, or a Personal Pantheist of the type of Lotze. The soul, according to Al-Ghazālī, perceives things. But perception as an attribute can exist only in a substance or essence which is absolutely free from all the attributes of body. In his Al-Madnūn[75:2], he explains why the prophet declined to reveal the nature of the soul. There are, he says, two kinds of men; ordinary [Pg 76] men and thinkers. The former who look upon materiality as a condition of existence, cannot conceive an immaterial substance. The latter are led, by their logic, to a conception of the soul which sweeps away all difference between God and the individual soul. Al-Ghazālī, therefore, realised the Pantheistic drift of his own inquiry, and preferred silence as to the ultimate nature of the soul.
With their perspective on the nature of substance, the Ash‘arite, as strict monotheists, couldn’t comfortably discuss the human soul. Only Al-Ghazālī seriously tackled this issue, and even today, it's hard to accurately define his view of the nature of God. In him, similar to Borger and Solger in Germany, Ṣūfī pantheism and the Ash‘arite doctrine of personality seem to blend together, creating a reconciliation that makes it hard to determine whether he was a Pantheist or a Personal Pantheist like Lotze. According to Al-Ghazālī, the soul perceives things. However, perception as a trait can only exist in a substance or essence completely free from all bodily attributes. In his Al-Madnūn[75:2], he explains why the prophet chose not to reveal the nature of the soul. He states that there are two types of people: ordinary individuals and thinkers. The former, who see materiality as a condition of existence, can’t grasp an immaterial substance. The latter, driven by their logic, arrive at a conception of the soul that blurs the line between God and the individual soul. Thus, Al-Ghazālī recognized the Pantheistic direction of his own inquiry and chose to remain silent about the ultimate nature of the soul.
He is generally included among the Ash‘arite. But strictly speaking he is not an Ash‘arite; though he admitted that the Ash‘arite mode of thought was excellent for the masses. "He held", says Shiblī (‘Ilmal-Kalām, p. 66.), "that the secret of faith could not be revealed; for this reason he encouraged exposition of the Ash‘arite theology, and took good care in persuading his immediate disciples not to publish the results of his private reflection". Such an attitude towards the Ash‘arite theology, combined with his constant use of philosophical language, could not but lead to suspicion. Ibn Jauzī, Qāḍī ‘Iyāḍ, and other famous theologians of the orthodox school, publicly denounced him as one of the "misguided"; and ‘Iyāḍ [Pg 77] went even so far as to order the destruction of all his philosophical and theological writings that existed in Spain.
He is generally considered part of the Ash‘arite group. However, technically, he is not an Ash‘arite; even though he acknowledged that the Ash‘arite way of thinking was great for the general public. "He believed," says Shiblī (‘Ilmal-Kalām, p. 66.), "that the essence of faith couldn't be disclosed; for this reason, he promoted the explanation of Ash‘arite theology and carefully advised his closest students not to publish the outcomes of his personal thoughts." This stance towards Ash‘arite theology, along with his frequent use of philosophical terminology, inevitably sparked suspicion. Ibn Jauzī, Qāḍī ‘Iyāḍ, and other well-known theologians from the orthodox school publicly condemned him as one of the "misguided"; and ‘Iyāḍ [Pg 77] even went as far as to order the destruction of all his philosophical and theological writings that were available in Spain.
It is, therefore, clear that while the dialectic of Rationalism destroyed the personality of God, and reduced divinity to a bare indefinable universality, the antirationalist movement, though it preserved the dogma of personality, destroyed the external reality of nature. In spite of Nazzām's theory of "Atomic objectification"[77:1], the atom of the Rationalist possesses an independent objective reality; that of the Ash‘arite is a fleeting moment of Divine Will. The one saves nature, and tends to do away with the God of Theology; the other sacrifices nature to save God as conceived by the orthodox. The God-intoxicated Ṣūfī who stands aloof from the Theological controversies of the age, saves and spiritualises both the aspects of existence, and looks upon the whole Universe as the self-revelation of God—a higher notion which synthesises the opposite extremes of his predecessors. "Wooden-legged" Rationalism, [Pg 78] as the Ṣūfī called it, speaks its last word in the sceptic Al-Ghazālī, whose restless soul, after long and hopeless wanderings in the desolate sands of dry intellectualism, found its final halting place in the still deep of human emotion. His scepticism is directed more to substantiate the necessity of a higher source of knowledge than merely to defend the dogma of Islamic Theology, and, therefore, marks the quiet victory of Ṣūfīism over all the rival speculative tendencies of the time.
It’s clear that while the Rationalist perspective destroyed the personality of God and reduced divinity to an undefined universality, the anti-rationalist movement, despite maintaining the idea of personality, undermined the real existence of nature. Despite Nazzām's theory of "Atomic objectification"[77:1], the atom in Rationalism has an independent objective reality, while in the Ash‘arite view, it represents a moment of Divine Will. The former preserves nature but tends to eliminate the God of Theology, while the latter sacrifices nature to protect the orthodox conception of God. The God-absorbed Ṣūfī, who distances himself from the theological debates of his time, embraces and spiritualizes both aspects of existence and sees the entire Universe as the self-revelation of God—a higher idea that reconciles the extremes of his predecessors. "Wooden-legged" Rationalism, as the Ṣūfī referred to it, reaches its conclusion with the skeptic Al-Ghazālī, whose restless soul, after long and fruitless searches in the barren sands of dry intellectualism, ultimately found peace in the depths of human emotion. His skepticism is aimed more at highlighting the necessity of a higher source of knowledge rather than simply defending the dogma of Islamic Theology, marking the quiet success of Ṣūfīism over the competing speculative ideas of the day.
Al-Ghazālī's positive contribution to the Philosophy of his country, however, is found in his little book—Mishkātal-Anwār—where he starts with the Quranic verse, "God is the light of heavens and earth", and instinctively returns to the Iranian idea, which was soon to find a vigorous expounder in Al-Ishrāqī. Light, he teaches in this book, is the only real existence; and there is no darkness greater than non-existence. But the essence of Light is manifestation: "it is attributed to manifestation which is a relation"[78:1]. The Universe was created out of [Pg 79] darkness on which God sprinkled[79:1] his own light, and made its different parts more or less visible according as they received more or less light. As bodies differ from one another in being dark, obscure, illuminated or illuminating, so men are differentiated from one another. There are some who illuminate other human beings; and, for this reason, the Prophet is named "The Burning Lamp" in the Qur’ān.
Al-Ghazālī's positive contribution to the philosophy of his country is found in his small book, Mishkātal-Anwār, where he begins with the Quranic verse, "God is the light of the heavens and earth," and instinctively returns to the Iranian concept that would soon be vigorously explained by Al-Ishrāqī. In this book, he teaches that light is the only true existence, and there is no darkness greater than non-existence. However, the essence of Light is manifestation: "it is attributed to manifestation which is a relation." The Universe was created from darkness upon which God sprinkled His own light, making different parts more or less visible depending on how much light they received. Just as bodies vary in being dark, obscure, illuminated, or illuminating, so do people differ from one another. Some individuals illuminate others, which is why the Prophet is referred to as "The Burning Lamp" in the Qur’an.
The physical eye sees only the external manifestation of the Absolute or Real Light. There is an internal eye in the heart of man which, unlike the physical eye, sees itself as other things, an eye which goes beyond the finite, and pierces the veil of manifestation. These thoughts are merely germs, which developed and fructified in Al-Ishrāqī's "Philosophy of Illumination"—Ḥikmatal-Ishrāq.
The physical eye only perceives the outer appearance of the Absolute or True Light. There’s an inner eye in the hearts of people that, unlike the physical eye, sees itself as well as other things; this eye looks beyond the limited and cuts through the veil of appearance. These ideas are just seeds that grew and matured in Al-Ishrāqī’s "Philosophy of Illumination"—Ḥikmatal-Ishrāq.
Such is the Ash‘arite philosophy.
Such is the Ash'arite philosophy.
One great theological result of this reaction was that it checked the growth of freethought which tended to dissolve the solidarity of the Church. We are, however, concerned more with [Pg 80] the purely intellectual results of the Ash‘arite mode of thought, and these are mainly two:—
One significant theological outcome of this reaction was that it slowed down the rise of freethought, which could weaken the unity of the Church. However, we are more focused on the purely intellectual outcomes of the Ash‘arite way of thinking, and there are primarily two of them:—
(1). It led to an independent criticism of Greek philosophy as we shall see presently.
(1). It resulted in a separate critique of Greek philosophy, as we will see shortly.
(2). In the beginning of the 10th century when the Ash‘arite had almost completely demolished the stronghold of Rationalism, we see a tendency towards what may be called Persian Positivism. Al-Birūnī[80:1] (d. 1048) and Ibn Haitham[80:2] (d. 1038) who anticipated modern empirical Psychology in recognising what is called reaction-time, gave up all inquiry concerning the nature of the supersensual, and maintained a prudent silence about religious matters. Such a state of things could have existed, but could not have been logically justified before Al-Ash‘arī.
(2). At the start of the 10th century, when the Ash‘arite movement had nearly wiped out Rationalism, there emerged a trend that could be described as Persian Positivism. Al-Birūnī[80:1] (d. 1048) and Ibn Haitham[80:2] (d. 1038), who foreshadowed modern empirical psychology by recognizing what we now call reaction time, abandoned all inquiries into the nature of the supersensual and chose to remain discreet about religious topics. This situation could have occurred, but it couldn't have been logically justified before Al-Ash‘arī.
FOOTNOTES:
[47:1] During the ‘Abbāsid Period there were many who secretly held Manichaean opinions. See Fihrist, Leipsig 1871, p. 338; See also Al-Mu‘tazila, ed. by T. W. Arnold, Leipsig 1902, p. 27, where the author speaks of a controversy between Abu ’l-Hudhail and Ṣālih, the Dualist. See also Macdonald's Muslim Theology, p. 133.
[47:1] During the Abbasid Period, many people secretly held Manichaean beliefs. See Fihrist, Leipzig 1871, p. 338; See also Al-Mu'tazila, edited by T. W. Arnold, Leipzig 1902, p. 27, where the author discusses a debate between Abu 'l-Hudhail and Salih, the Dualist. See also Macdonald's Muslim Theology, p. 133.
[47:2] The Mu‘tazilas belonged to various nationalities, and many of them were Persians either by descent or domicile. Wāṣil Ibn ‘Atā—the reported founder of the sect—was a Persian (Browne, Lit. His., Vol I, p. 281). Von Kremer, however, traces their origin to the theological controversies of the Umayyad period. Mu‘tazilaism was not an essentially Persian movement; but it is true, as Prof. Browne observes (Lit. His., Vol. I, p. 283) that Shi‘ite and Qādarī tenets, indeed, often went together, and the Shi‘ite doctrine current in Persia at the present day is in many respects Mu‘tazilite, while Ḥasan Al-Ash‘arī, the great opponent of the Mu‘tazilite, is by the Shi‘ites held in horror. It may also be added that some of the greater representatives of the Mu‘tazila opinion were Shi‘as by religion, e.g. Abu ’l-Hudhail (Al-Mu‘tazila, ed. by T. W. Arnold, p. 28). On the other hand many of the followers of Al-Ash‘ari were Persians (See extracts from Ibn ‘Asākir ed. Mehren), so that it does not seem to be quite justifiable to describe the Ash‘arite mode of thought as a purely semitic movement.
[47:2] The Mu‘tazilas came from various national backgrounds, and many of them were Persians by either heritage or residence. Wāṣil Ibn ‘Atā—the allegedly founding figure of the sect—was Persian (Browne, Lit. His., Vol I, p. 281). However, Von Kremer traces their roots back to the theological disputes during the Umayyad period. Mu‘tazilaism wasn’t purely a Persian movement; but it’s true, as Prof. Browne notes (Lit. His., Vol. I, p. 283), that Shi‘ite and Qādarī beliefs often coexisted, and the Shi‘ite doctrine commonly found in Persia today shares many characteristics with Mu‘tazilite thought, while Ḥasan Al-Ash‘arī, the primary rival of the Mu‘tazilites, is greatly reviled by the Shi‘ites. Additionally, it should be noted that some of the notable figures supporting the Mu‘tazila perspective were Shi‘as by faith, like Abu ’l-Hudhail (Al-Mu‘tazila, ed. by T. W. Arnold, p. 28). Conversely, many followers of Al-Ash‘ari were also Persians (See extracts from Ibn ‘Asākir ed. Mehren), suggesting that it may not be completely accurate to label the Ash‘arite way of thinking as a solely Semitic movement.
[49:1] Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 34.
[51:3] Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 38.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 38.
[52:1] Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed, p. 38.
[52:2] Steiner: Die Mu‘taziliten, p. 80.
[53:1] Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 38.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 38.
[53:4] Shahrastānī: Cureton's ed., p. 44.
[53:5] In my treatment of the atomism of Islamic Rationalists, I am indebted to Arthur Biram's publication: "Kitābul Masā’il fil khilāf beyn al-Baṣriyyīn wal Baghdādiyyīn".
[53:5] In my discussion of the atomism of Islamic Rationalists, I owe a lot to Arthur Biram's work: "Kitābul Masā’il fil khilāf beyn al-Baṣriyyīn wal Baghdādiyyīn".
[55:1] Macdonald's Muslim Theology, p. 161.
[57:1] Ibn Ḥazm in his Kitāb al-Milal, looks upon the heretical sects of Persia as a continuous struggle against the Arab power which the cunning Persian attempted to shake off by these peaceful means. See Von Kremer's Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des Islams, pp. 10, 11, where this learned Arab historian of Cordova is quoted at length.
[57:1] Ibn Ḥazm in his Kitāb al-Milal views the heretical sects of Persia as an ongoing challenge to Arab authority, which the clever Persians tried to undermine through peaceful tactics. Check out Von Kremer's Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des Islams, pp. 10, 11, where this knowledgeable Arab historian from Cordova is quoted extensively.
[63:1] Sharastānī: Cureton's ed: p. 149.
[64:1] Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 149a.
[64:2] Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 280a.
[64:3] Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 366b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Jāwidān Kabīr, p. 366.
[64:4] Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 155b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Jāwidān Kabīr, p. 155b.
[65:1] Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 382a.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Jāwidān Kabīr, fol. 382a.
[65:3] Spitta: Zur Geschichte Abul-Ḥasan Al-Ash‘arī, pp. 42, 43. See also Ibn Khallikān (Gottingen 1839)—Al-Jubbā’ī, where the story of their controversy is given.
[65:3] Spitta: On the History of Abul-Ḥasan Al-Ash‘arī, pp. 42, 43. See also Ibn Khallikān (Göttingen 1839)—Al-Jubbā’ī, where the story of their debate is discussed.
[66:1] Spitta: Vorwort, p. VII.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Spitta: Foreword, p. VII.
[67:1] Shahrastānī—ed. Cureton, p. 69.
[70:1] See Macdonald's admirable account of the Ash‘arite Metaphysics: Muslim Theology p. 201 sq. See also Maulānā Shiblī ‘Ilmal Kalām pp. 60, 72.
[70:1] Check out Macdonald's excellent overview of the Ash‘arite Metaphysics: Muslim Theology p. 201 sq. Also, see Maulānā Shiblī ‘Ilmal Kalām pp. 60, 72.
[71:1] "Lotze is an atomist, but he does not conceive the atoms themselves as material; for extension, like all other sensuous qualities is explained through the reciprocal action of atoms; they themselves, therefore, cannot possess this quality. Like life and like all empirical qualities, the sensuous fact of extension is due to the cooperation of points of force, which, in time, must be conceived as starting points of the inner workings of the Infinite Primal Being." Höffding Vol. II, p. 516.
[71:1] "Lotze is an atomist, but he doesn’t see atoms as material; instead, extension, like all other sensory qualities, is explained through the mutual interaction of atoms. The atoms themselves can't have this quality. Just like life and other empirical qualities, the sensory experience of extension comes from the collaboration of points of force, which, over time, must be understood as the starting points of the inner workings of the Infinite Primal Being." Höffding Vol. II, p. 516.
[72:1] Shiblī ‘Ilmal-Kalām pp. 64, 72.
[72:2] Shahrastānī, ed. Cureton, p. 82.
[73:1] "It (Al-Ghazālī's work on the Revivication of the sciences of religion) has so remarkable a resemblance to the Discourse sur la methode of Descartes, that had any translation of it existed in the days of Descartes everyone would have cried against the plagiarism". (Lewes's History of Philosophy: Vol. II. p. 50).
[73:1] "Al-Ghazālī's work on the Revivification of the sciences of religion is so strikingly similar to Descartes' Discourse on the Method that if any translation of it had been available during Descartes' time, everyone would have accused him of plagiarism." (Lewes's History of Philosophy: Vol. II. p. 50).
[75:1] Al-Munqidh p. 3.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Al-Munqidh p. 3.
[75:2] See Sir Sayyid Aḥmad's criticism of Al-Ghazālī's view of the soul, Al-Nazrufī ba’di Masāili-l Imāmi-l humām Abū Ḥāmid Al-Ghazālī; No. 4, p. 3 sq. (ed. Agra).
[75:2] See Sir Sayyid Aḥmad's critique of Al-Ghazālī's perspective on the soul in Al-Nazrufī ba’di Masāili-l Imāmi-l humām Abū Ḥāmid Al-Ghazālī; No. 4, p. 3 sq. (ed. Agra).
[78:1] Mishkātal-Anwār, fol. 3a.
[80:1] He (Al-Birūnī) quotes with approval the following, as the teaching of the adherents of Aryabhatta: It is enough for us to know that which is lighted up by the sun's rays. Whatever lies beyond, though it should be of immeasurable extent, we cannot make use of; for what the sunbeam does not reach, the senses do not perceive, and what the senses do not perceive we cannot know. From this we gather what Al-Birūnī's Philosophy was: only sense-perceptions, knit together by a logical intelligence, yield sure knowledge. (Boer's Philosophy in Islām, p. 146).
[80:1] He (Al-Birūnī) approvingly quotes the teaching of the followers of Aryabhatta: It’s enough for us to understand what the sun illuminates. Anything beyond that, no matter how vast, is useless to us; because what the sunlight doesn't reach, our senses can't perceive, and what our senses don't perceive, we can't know. From this, we can understand Al-Birūnī's philosophy: only sensory experiences, connected through logical reasoning, provide us with reliable knowledge. (Boer's Philosophy in Islām, p. 146).
[80:2] "Moreover truth for him (Ibn Haitham) was only that which was presented as material for the faculties of sense-perception, and which received it from the understanding, being thus the logical Pg102 orated perception". (Boer's Philosophy in Islām, p. 150).
[80:2] "Moreover, for him (Ibn Haitham), truth was only what was presented as material for the senses and was understood through reason, thus becoming the logical perception." (Boer's Philosophy in Islām, p. 150).
CHAP. 4.
Controversy between idealism and realism.
The Ash‘arite denial of Aristotle's Prima Materia, and their views concerning the nature of space, time and causation, awakened that irrepressible spirit of controversy which, for centuries, divided the camp of Muhammedan thinkers, and eventually exhausted its vigor in the merely verbal subtleties of schools. The publication of Najm al-Dīn Al-Kātibī's (a follower of Aristotle whose disciples were called Philosophers as distinguished from scholastic theologians) Ḥikmat al-‘Ain—"Philosophy of Essence", greatly intensified the intellectual conflict, and invoked keen criticism from a host of Ash‘arite as well as other idealist thinkers. I shall consider in order the principal points on which the two schools differed from each other.
The Ash‘arite rejection of Aristotle's Prima Materia, along with their ideas about space, time, and causation, sparked an enduring controversy that, for centuries, split the community of Muslim thinkers and eventually drained its energy into mere verbal debates among different schools. The release of Najm al-Dīn Al-Kātibī's work (a follower of Aristotle whose students were known as Philosophers, in contrast to scholastic theologians) Ḥikmat al-‘Ain— "Philosophy of Essence," significantly heightened the intellectual struggle and drew sharp criticism from many Ash‘arite and other idealist thinkers. I will discuss in order the main points on which the two schools disagreed.
A. The Nature of the Essence.
We have seen that the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge drove them to hold that individual essences of various things are quite different [Pg 82] from each other, and are determined in each case by the ultimate cause—God. They denied the existence of an everchanging primary stuff common to all things, and maintained against the Rationalists that existence constitutes the very being of the essence. To them, therefore, essence and existence are identical. They argued that the Judgment, "Man is animal", is possible only on the ground of a fundamental difference between the subject and the predicate; since their identity would make the Judgment nugatory, and complete difference would make the predication false. It is, therefore, necessary to postulate an external cause to determine the various forms of existence. Their opponents, however, admit the determination or limitation of existence, but they maintain that all the various forms of existence, in so far as their essence is concerned, are identical—all being limitations of one Primary substance. The followers of Aristotle met the difficulty suggested by the possibility of synthetic predication, by advocating the possibility of compound essences. Such a judgment as "Man is animal", they maintained, is true; because man is an essence [Pg 83] composed of two essences, animality and humanity. This, retorted the Ash‘arite, cannot stand criticism. If you say that the essence of man and animal is the same, you in other words hold that the essence of the whole is the same as that of the part. But this proposition is absurd; since if the essence of the compound is the same as that of its constituents, the compound will have to be regarded as one being having two essences or existences.
We have seen that the Ash‘arite theory of knowledge led them to believe that the individual essences of different things are distinctly different from one another and are determined in each case by the ultimate cause—God. They rejected the idea of a constantly changing primary substance that is common to all things and argued against the Rationalists that existence is integral to the essence itself. For them, essence and existence are identical. They claimed that the statement "Man is animal" is valid only based on a fundamental difference between the subject and the predicate; if they were identical, the statement would be meaningless, while complete difference would render the predication false. Therefore, it is necessary to assume an external cause to define the various forms of existence. However, their opponents accept the notion of determining or limiting existence but argue that all different forms of existence, concerning their essence, are identical—they all being limitations of one Primary substance. The followers of Aristotle addressed the issue raised by the possibility of synthetic predication by supporting the idea of compound essences. They argued that a statement like "Man is animal" is true because man is an essence made up of two essences, animality and humanity. The Ash‘arite countered that this argument fails under scrutiny. If you assert that the essence of man and animal is the same, you essentially claim that the essence of the whole is the same as that of the part. But this idea is absurd; if the essence of the compound is the same as that of its parts, then the compound must be seen as one being with two essences or existences.
It is obvious that the whole controversy turns on the question whether existence is a mere idea or something objectively real. When we say that a certain thing exists, do we mean that it exists only in relation to us (Ash‘arite position); or that it is an essence existing quite independently of us (Realist position)? We shall briefly indicate the arguments of either side. The Realist argued as follows:—
It’s clear that the entire debate revolves around whether existence is just an idea or something that’s objectively real. When we say something exists, are we saying it exists only in relation to us (the Ash‘arite position), or that it’s an essence that exists completely independently of us (the Realist position)? We will briefly outline the arguments from both sides. The Realist argued as follows:—
(1). The conception of my existence is something immediate or intuitive. The thought "I exist" is a "concept", and my body being an element of this "concept", it follows that my body is intuitively known as something real. [Pg 84] If the knowledge of the existent is not immediate, the fact of its perception would require a process of thought which, as we know, it does not. The Ash‘arite Al-Rāzī admits that the concept of existence is immediate; but he regards the judgment—"The concept of existence is immediate"—as merely a matter of acquisition. Muḥammad ibn Mubārak Bukhārī, on the other hand, says that the whole argument of the realist proceeds on the assumption that the concept of my existence is something immediate—a position which can be controverted.[84:1] If, says he, we admit that the concept of my existence is immediate, abstract existence cannot be regarded as a constitutive element of this conception. And if the realist maintains that the perception of a particular object is immediate, we admit the truth of what he says; but it would not follow, as he is anxious to establish, that the so called underlying essence is immediately known as objectively real. The realist argument, moreover, demands that the mind [Pg 85] ought not to be able to conceive the predication of qualities to things. We cannot conceive, "snow is white", because whiteness, being a part of this immediate judgment, must also be immediately known without any predication. Mulla Muḥammad Hāshim Ḥusainī remarks[85:1] that this reasoning is erroneous. The mind in the act of predicating whiteness of snow is working on a purely ideal existence—the quality of whiteness—and not on an objectively real essence of which the qualities are mere facets or aspects. Ḥusainī, moreover, anticipates Hamilton, and differs from other realists in holding that the so-called unknowable essence of the object is also immediately known. The object, he says, is immediately perceived as one.[85:2] We do not successively perceive the various aspects of what happens to be the objects of our perception.
(1). The idea of my existence is something that's immediate or intuitive. The thought "I exist" is a "concept," and since my body is part of this "concept," it makes sense that my body is intuitively recognized as something real. [Pg 84] If knowing something exists isn't immediate, perceiving it would require a thought process, which, as we know, it doesn't. The Ash‘arite Al-Rāzī agrees that the concept of existence is immediate; however, he considers the statement—"The concept of existence is immediate"—to be just a matter of learning. On the other hand, Muḥammad ibn Mubārak Bukhārī argues that the entire realist argument operates on the assumption that the concept of my existence is something immediate—a claim that can be challenged.[84:1] He says that if we accept that the concept of my existence is immediate, abstract existence can't be seen as a fundamental part of this concept. And if the realist claims that perceiving a specific object is immediate, we agree with what he says; but it wouldn't follow, as he insists, that the so-called underlying essence is immediately recognized as objectively real. Furthermore, the realist argument requires that the mind shouldn't be able to think about attributing qualities to things. We cannot conceive "snow is white" because whiteness, being part of this immediate judgment, must also be known immediately without any attribution. Mulla Muḥammad Hāshim Ḥusainī points out[85:1] that this reasoning is faulty. The mind, when attributing whiteness to snow, is engaging with a purely ideal existence—the quality of whiteness—and not with an objectively real essence, which the qualities are merely facets or aspects of. Moreover, Ḥusainī preempts Hamilton and differs from other realists by asserting that the so-called unknowable essence of the object is also immediately recognized. He states that the object is perceived as one.[85:2] We don't perceive the different aspects of what our perceptions happen to focus on one by one.
(2) The idealist, says the realist, reduces all quality to mere subjective relations. His argument leads him to deny the underlying essence of things, and to look upon them as [Pg 86] entirely heterogeneous collections of qualities, the essence of which consists merely in the phenomenal fact of their perception. In spite of his belief in the complete heterogeneity of things, he applies the word existence to all things—a tacit admission that there is some essence common to all the various forms of existence. Abu’l-Ḥasan al-Ash‘arī replies that this application is only a verbal convenience, and is not meant to indicate the so-called internal homogeneity of things. But the universal application of the word existence by the idealist, must mean, according to the realist, that the existence of a thing either constitutes its very essence, or it is something superadded to the underlying essence of the thing. The first supposition is a virtual admission as to the homogeneity of things; since we cannot maintain that existence peculiar to one thing is fundamentally different from existence peculiar to another. The supposition that existence is something superadded to the essence of a thing leads to an absurdity; since in this case the essence will have to be regarded as something distinct from existence; and the denial of essence [Pg 87] (with the Ash‘arite) would blot out the distinction between existence and non-existence. Moreover, what was the essence before existence was superadded to it? We must not say that the essence was ready to receive existence before it actually did receive it; since this statement would imply that the essence was non-existence before it received existence. Likewise the statement that the essence has the power of receiving the quality of non-existence, implies the absurdity that it does already exist. Existence, therefore, must be regarded as forming a part of the essence. But if it forms a part of the essence, the latter will have to be regarded as a compound. If, on the other hand, existence is external to the essence, it must be something contingent because of its dependence on something other than itself. Now everything contingent must have a cause. If this cause is the essence itself, it would follow that the essence existed before it existed; since the cause must precede the effect in the fact of existence. If, however, the cause of existence is something other than the essence, it follows that the existence of God [Pg 88] also must be explained by some cause other than the essence of God—an absurd conclusion which turns the necessary into the contingent.[88:1] This argument of the realist is based on a complete misunderstanding of the idealist position. He does not see that the idealist never regarded the fact of existence as something superadded to the essence of a thing; but always held it to be identical with the essence. The essence, says ibn Mubārak,[88:2] is the cause of existence without being chronologically before it. The existence of the essence constitutes its very being; it is not dependent for it on something other than itself.
(2) The idealist, according to the realist, reduces all qualities to just subjective relationships. His argument causes him to deny the underlying essence of things and to see them as completely different collections of qualities, the essence of which is just tied to how they are perceived. Despite believing in the total differences between things, he uses the term existence for all of them—a silent acknowledgment that there is some common essence among the various forms of existence. Abu’l-Ḥasan al-Ash‘arī responds that this use is just a verbal convenience and doesn’t imply any so-called internal similarity among things. However, the idealist’s universal application of the word existence must suggest, according to the realist, that the existence of a thing either makes up its true essence or is something added on top of the underlying essence. If we assume it’s the first case, it’s basically an acknowledgment of the similarity among things, since we can’t claim that the existence of one thing is fundamentally different from the existence of another. Assuming that existence is something added to the essence leads to an absurdity; in that case, the essence would have to be considered separate from existence, and denying the essence (from the Ash‘arite perspective) would erase the distinction between existence and non-existence. Furthermore, what was the essence before existence was added to it? We can’t say that the essence was ready to accept existence before it actually did; this would imply that the essence was non-existence before receiving existence. Similarly, saying that the essence can take on the quality of non-existence implies the absurdity that it already exists. Therefore, existence must be seen as part of the essence. But if it is part of the essence, that means the essence is simply a compound. On the other hand, if existence exists outside the essence, then it has to be something contingent because it's dependent on something other than itself. Since everything contingent must have a cause, if this cause is the essence itself, it would mean that the essence existed before it existed, since the cause has to come before the effect in terms of existence. If the cause of existence is something other than the essence, it would mean that the existence of God must also be explained by a cause outside of God's essence—an absurd conclusion that turns what is necessary into what is contingent. This argument from the realist stems from a complete misunderstanding of the idealist's position. He doesn’t realize that the idealist never saw existence as something added to the essence of a thing; rather, he always viewed it as being identical to the essence. The essence, according to ibn Mubārak, is the cause of existence without being chronologically anterior to it. The existence of the essence constitutes its very being; it does not depend on something outside of itself for that.
The truth is that both sides are far from a true theory of knowledge. The agnostic realist who holds that behind the phenomenal qualities of a thing, there is an essence operating as their cause, is guilty of a glaring contradiction. He holds that underlying the thing there is an unknowable essence or substratum which is known to exist. The Ash‘arite idealist, on the other hand, misunderstands [Pg 89] the process of knowledge. He ignores the mental activity involved in the act of knowledge; and looks upon perceptions as mere presentations which are determined, as he says, by God. But if the order of presentations requires a cause to account for it, why should not that cause be sought in the original constitution of matter as Locke did? Moreover, the theory that knowledge is a mere passive perception or awareness of what is presented, leads to certain inadmissible conclusions which the Ash‘arite never thought of:—
The truth is that both sides are far from a real theory of knowledge. The agnostic realist, who believes that behind the observable qualities of a thing there is an essence acting as its cause, is caught in a clear contradiction. He claims that beneath the thing there is an unknowable essence or foundation that is known to exist. The Ash‘arite idealist, on the other hand, misunderstands the process of knowledge. He overlooks the mental activity involved in knowing and views perceptions as just presentations determined, as he says, by God. But if the order of presentations needs a cause to explain it, why shouldn't that cause be found in the original makeup of matter, as Locke suggested? Furthermore, the idea that knowledge is just a passive perception or awareness of what is presented leads to certain unacceptable conclusions that the Ash‘arite never considered:—
(a). They did not see that their purely subjective conception of knowledge swept away all possibility of error. If the existence of a thing is merely the fact of its being presented, there is no reason why it should be cognised as different from what it actually is.
(a). They didn’t realize that their completely personal view of knowledge eliminated any chance of making mistakes. If something exists simply because it is being perceived, there’s no reason it should be understood as different from what it really is.
(b). They did not see that on their theory of knowledge, our fellow-beings like other elements of the physical order, would have no higher reality than mere states of my consciousness.
(b). They didn’t realize that according to their theory of knowledge, our fellow beings, like other elements of the physical world, would have no greater reality than just states of my consciousness.
(c). If knowledge is a mere receptivity of presentations, God who, as cause of presentations, [Pg 90] is active in regard to the act of our knowledge, must not be aware of our presentations. From the Ash‘arite point of view this conclusion is fatal to their whole position. They cannot say that presentations on their ceasing to be my presentations, continue to be presentations to God's consciousness.
(c). If knowledge is just a passive reception of experiences, then God, who causes those experiences, [Pg 90] is involved in the process of our knowledge but must not be aware of our experiences. From the Ash‘arite perspective, this conclusion undermines their entire stance. They can't claim that once experiences stop being my experiences, they still exist in God's awareness.
Another question connected with the nature of the essence is, whether it is caused or uncaused. The followers of Aristotle, or philosophers as they are generally called by their opponents, hold that the underlying essence of things is uncaused. The Ash‘arite hold the opposite view. Essence, says the Aristotelian, cannot be acted upon by any external agent.[90:1] Al-Kātibī argues that if, for instance, the essence of humanity had resulted from the operation of an external activity, doubt as to its being the real essence of humanity would have been possible. As a matter of fact we never entertain such a doubt; it follows, therefore, that the essence is not due to the activity of an agency external to itself. The idealist starts with the realist distinction of essence and [Pg 91] existence, and argues that the realist line of argument would lead to the absurd proposition—that man is uncaused; since he must be regarded, according to the realist, as a combination of two uncaused essences—existence and humanity.
Another question related to the nature of essence is whether it is caused or uncaused. The followers of Aristotle, often referred to as philosophers by their opponents, believe that the fundamental essence of things is uncaused. The Ash'arites take the opposite stance. The Aristotelian view asserts that essence cannot be influenced by any external force. Al-Kātibī argues that if, for example, the essence of humanity was a result of an external action, we might doubt its authenticity as the true essence of humanity. In reality, we never have such doubts; therefore, it follows that essence is not the result of an external agency's activity. The idealist begins with the realist distinction between essence and existence and contends that the realist argument would absurdly imply that man is uncaused, as he must be seen, according to realists, as a combination of two uncaused essences—existence and humanity.
B. The Nature of Knowledge.
The followers of Aristotle, true to their position as to the independent objective reality of the essence, define knowledge as "receiving images of external things".[91:1] It is possible to conceive, they argue, an object which is externally unreal, and to which other qualities can be attributed. But when we attribute to it the quality of existence, actual existence is necessitated; since the affirmation of the quality of a thing is a part of the affirmation of that thing. If, therefore, the predication of existence does not necessitate actual objective existence of the thing, we are driven to deny externality altogether, and to hold that the thing exists in the mind as a mere idea. But the affirmation of a thing, says Ibn Mubārak, [Pg 92] constitutes the very existence of the thing. The idealist makes no such distinction as affirmation and existence. To infer from the above argument that the thing must be regarded as existing in the mind, is unjustifiable. "Ideal" existence follows only from the denial of externality which the Ash‘arite do not deny; since they hold that knowledge is a relation between the knower and the known which is known as external. Al-Kātibī's proposition that if the thing does not exist as external existence, it must exist as ideal or mental existence, is self-contradictory; since, on his principles, everything that exists in idea exists in externality.[92:1]
The followers of Aristotle, staying true to their belief in the independent objective reality of essence, define knowledge as "receiving images of external things".[91:1] They argue that it’s possible to imagine an object that isn’t externally real, to which other qualities can be attached. However, when we attribute the quality of existence to it, we must recognize that actual existence is required; because affirming the quality of a thing is part of affirming that thing itself. Therefore, if saying something exists doesn’t require actual objective existence, we must conclude that externality doesn’t exist at all, and instead, the thing exists in the mind only as an idea. Yet, Ibn Mubārak states that the affirmation of a thing is what constitutes its very existence.[Pg 92] The idealist doesn't make a distinction between affirmation and existence. To conclude from the previous argument that a thing must be considered as existing only in the mind is unjustified. "Ideal" existence only arises from denying externality, which the Ash‘arite do not deny; they believe that knowledge is a relationship between the knower and what is known, which is recognized as external. Al-Kātibī's claim that if something doesn’t exist externally, it must exist as ideal or mental existence is contradictory; because, according to his principles, everything that exists in idea also exists externally.[92:1]
C. The Nature of Non-existence.
Al-Kātibī explains and criticises the proposition, maintained by contemporary philosophers generally—"That the existent is good, and the non-existent is evil".[92:2] The fact of murder, he says, is not evil because the murderer had the power of committing such a thing; or because the instrument of murder [Pg 93] had the power of cutting; or because the neck of the murdered had the capacity of being cut asunder. It is evil because it signifies the negation of life—a condition which is non-existential, and not existential like the conditions indicated above. But in order to show that evil is non-existence, we should make an inductive inquiry, and examine all the various cases of evil. A perfect induction, however, is impossible, and an incomplete induction cannot prove the point. Al-Kātibī, therefore, rejects this proposition, and holds that "non-existence is absolute nothing".[93:1] The possible 'essences', according to him, are not lying fixed in space waiting for the attribute of existence; otherwise fixity in space would have to be regarded as possessing no existence. But his critics hold that this argument is true only on the supposition that fixity in space and existence are identical. Fixity in externality, says Ibn Mubārak, is a conception wider than existence. All existence is external, but all that is external is not necessarily existent.
Al-Kātibī explains and critiques the idea, supported by modern philosophers in general—"That what exists is good, and what does not exist is evil." [92:2] He argues that murder is not evil simply because the murderer had the ability to commit such an act; or because the weapon used for the murder could inflict harm; or because the victim's neck could be severed. It's evil because it represents the negation of life—a state that is non-existent, unlike the aforementioned conditions. To prove that evil is non-existence, we would need to conduct an inductive investigation and explore all the different instances of evil. However, a perfect induction is impossible, and an incomplete one can't prove the argument. Therefore, Al-Kātibī rejects this idea and asserts that "non-existence is absolute nothing." [93:1] He believes that possible 'essences' are not fixed in space waiting for the attribute of existence; if that were the case, we'd have to consider fixity in space as having no existence. His critics argue that this reasoning holds true only if we assume that fixity in space and existence are the same. Ibn Mubārak states that the concept of fixity in externality is broader than existence. While all existence is external, not everything external is necessarily existent.
The interest of the Ash‘arite in the dogma [Pg 94] of the Resurrection—the possibility of the reappearance of the non-existent as existent—led them to advocate the apparently absurd proposition that "non-existence or nothing is something". They argued that, since we make judgments about the non-existent, it is, therefore, known; and the fact of its knowability indicates that "the nothing" is not absolutely nothing. The knowable is a case of affirmation and the non-existent being knowable, is a case of affirmation.[94:1] Al-Kātibī denies the truth of the Major. Impossible things, he says, are known, yet they do not externally exist. Al-Rāzī criticises this argument accusing Al-Kātibī of the ignorance of the fact that the 'essence' exists in the mind, and yet is known as external. Al-Kātibī supposes that the knowledge of a thing necessitates its existence as an independent objective reality. Moreover it should be remembered that the Ash‘arite discriminate between positive and existent on the one hand, and non-existent and negative on the other. They say that all existent is positive, but the converse of this proposition is not true. There [Pg 95] is certainly a relation between the existent and the non-existent, but there is absolutely no relation between the positive and the negative. We do not say, as Al-Kātibī holds, that the impossible is non-existent; we say that the impossible is only negative. Substances which do exist are something positive. As regards the attribute which cannot be conceived as existing apart from the substance, it is neither existent nor non-existent, but something between the two. Briefly the Ash‘arite position is as follows:—
The interest of the Ash‘arites in the belief [Pg 94] in the Resurrection—the idea that something that doesn't exist can come back—led them to support the seemingly crazy idea that "non-existence, or nothing, is something." They argued that since we can make judgments about things that don't exist, they are, in fact, known; the ability to know something means that "nothing" isn't truly nothing. The knowable is an affirmation, and the fact that the non-existent can be known is also an affirmation.[94:1] Al-Kātibī denies the truth of this idea. He claims that impossible things can be known, yet they don't exist in reality. Al-Rāzī criticizes this argument, accusing Al-Kātibī of failing to recognize that the 'essence' exists in the mind and is still perceived as external. Al-Kātibī believes that knowing something requires it to exist as an independent reality. Furthermore, it’s important to note that the Ash‘arites differentiate between positive and existent on one side and non-existent and negative on the other. They argue that everything that exists is positive, but the reverse isn’t necessarily true. There[Pg 95] is indeed a relationship between the existent and the non-existent, but there is absolutely no connection between the positive and the negative. We do not say, as Al-Kātibī claims, that the impossible is non-existent; we say that the impossible is simply negative. Things that do exist are something positive. Regarding attributes that cannot be thought of as existing apart from their substance, they are neither existent nor non-existent, but something in between. In summary, the Ash‘arite view is as follows:—
"A thing has a proof of its existence or not. If not, it is called negative. If it has a proof of its existence, it is either substance or attribute. If it is substance and has the attribute of existence or non-existence, (i.e. it is perceived or not) it is existent or non-existent accordingly. If it is attribute, it is neither existent nor non-existent".[95:1]
"A thing either exists or it doesn’t. If it doesn't, it's considered negative. If it does exist, it is either a substance or an attribute. If it is a substance and possesses the attribute of existence or non-existence (meaning it is perceived or not), it is classified as existent or non-existent accordingly. If it is an attribute, it is neither existent nor non-existent." [95:1]
FOOTNOTES:
[88:1] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 8b.
[88:2] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 9a.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, p. 9a.
[90:1] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 20a.
[91:1] Ibn Mubārak, fol. 11a.
[92:1] Ibn Mubārak, fol. 11b.
[92:2] Ibn Mubārak, fol. 14a.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibn Mubārak, fol. 14a.
[93:1] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 14b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 14b.
[94:1] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 15a.
[95:1] Ibn Mubārak's Commentary, fol. 15b.
CHAPTER 5.
Sufism.
§ I.
The origin and Qurānic Justification
of Ṣūfīism.
It has become quite a fashion with modern oriental scholarship to trace the chain of influences. Such a procedure has certainly great historical value, provided it does not make us ignore the fundamental fact, that the human mind possesses an independent individuality, and, acting on its own initiative, can gradually evolve out of itself, truths which may have been anticipated by other minds ages ago. No idea can seize a people's soul unless, in some sense, it is the people's own. External influences may wake it up from its deep unconscious slumber; but they cannot, so to speak, create it out of nothing.
It has become quite trendy in modern Eastern studies to track the chain of influences. This approach certainly has significant historical value, as long as it doesn't lead us to overlook the essential truth that the human mind has its own unique identity and, acting on its own initiative, can gradually develop truths from within that may have been anticipated by other minds long ago. No idea can truly resonate with a person's soul unless, in some way, it feels like it belongs to them. External influences might awaken it from a deep, unconscious sleep, but they can’t, so to speak, create it from scratch.
Much has been written about the origin of Persian Ṣūfīism; and, in almost all cases, explorers of this most interesting field of research have exercised their ingenuity in discovering [Pg 97] the various channels through which the basic ideas of Ṣūfīism might have travelled from one place to another. They seem completely to have ignored the principle, that the full significance of a phenomenon in the intellectual evolution of a people, can only be comprehended in the light of those pre-existing intellectual, political, and social conditions which alone make its existence inevitable. Von Kremer and Dozy derive Persian Ṣūfīism from the Indian Vedanta; Merx and Mr. Nicholson derive it from Neo-Platonism; while Professor Browne once regarded it as Aryan reaction against an unemotional semitic religion. It appears to me, however, that these theories have been worked out under the influence of a notion of causation which is essentially false. That a fixed quantity A is the cause of, or produces another fixed quantity B, is a proposition which, though convenient for scientific purposes, is apt to damage all inquiry, in so far as it leads us completely to ignore the innumerable conditions lying at the back of a phenomenon. It would, for instance, be an historical error to say that the dissolution of the Roman Empire [Pg 98] was due to the barbarian invasions. The statement completely ignores other forces of a different character that tended to split up the political unity of the Empire. To describe the advent of barbarian invasions as the cause of the dissolution of the Roman Empire which could have assimilated, as it actually did to a certain extent, the so-called cause, is a procedure that no logic would justify. Let us, therefore, in the light of a truer theory of causation, enumerate the principal political, social, and intellectual conditions of Islamic life about the end of the 8th and the first half of the 9th century when, properly speaking, the Ṣūfī ideal of life came into existence, to be soon followed by a philosophical justification of that ideal.—
Much has been written about the origins of Persian Ṣūfīism, and in almost all cases, researchers in this fascinating area have used their creativity to uncover the various channels through which the core ideas of Ṣūfīism might have spread from one place to another. They seem to have completely overlooked the principle that the full significance of an intellectual phenomenon can only be understood in light of the existing intellectual, political, and social conditions that make its existence inevitable. Von Kremer and Dozy trace Persian Ṣūfīism back to Indian Vedanta; Merx and Mr. Nicholson link it to Neo-Platonism; while Professor Browne once saw it as an Aryan reaction to an unemotional Semitic religion. However, it seems to me that these theories have been developed under a fundamentally flawed concept of causation. The idea that a fixed origin A is the cause of, or creates, another fixed result B, while convenient for scientific purposes, can hinder inquiry by leading us to ignore the countless factors behind a phenomenon. For instance, it would be historically incorrect to say that the fall of the Roman Empire was solely due to the barbarian invasions. This assertion disregards other influential forces that were also breaking down the political unity of the Empire. To claim that the arrival of barbarian invasions was the sole cause of the dissolution of the Roman Empire—an empire that could have absorbed, as it did to some extent, the so-called cause—is a reasoning that no logic can justify. Therefore, let's take a more accurate view of causation and outline the main political, social, and intellectual conditions of Islamic life around the end of the 8th century and the first half of the 9th century when, to be precise, the Ṣūfī ideal of life emerged, soon followed by a philosophical justification of that ideal.—
(1). When we study the history of the time, we find it to be a time of more or less political unrest. The latter half of the 8th century presents, besides the political revolution which resulted in the overthrow of the Umayyads (749 A.D.), persecutions of Zendīks, and revolts of Persian heretics (Sindbāh 755–6; Ustādhīs 766–8; the veiled prophet of Khurāsān 777–80) who, [Pg 99] working on the credulity of the people, cloaked, like Lamennais in our own times, political projects under the guise of religious ideas. Later on in the beginning of the 9th century we find the sons of Hārūn (Ma’mūn and Amīn) engaged in a terrible conflict for political supremacy; and still later, we see the Golden Age of Islamic literature seriously disturbed by the persistent revolt of the Mazdakite Bābak (816:838). The early years of Ma’mun's reign present another social phenomenon of great political significance—the Shu‘ūbiyya controversy (815), which progresses with the rise and establishment of independent Persian families, the Tāhirīd (820), the Ṣaffārīd (868), and the Sāmānīd Dynasty (874). It is, therefore, the combined force of these and other conditions of a similar nature that contributed to drive away spirits of devotional character from the scene of continual unrest to the blissful peace of an ever-deepening contemplative life. The semitic character of the life and thought of these early Muhammadan ascetics is gradually followed by a large hearted pantheism of a more or less Aryan stamp, the [Pg 100] development of which, in fact, runs parallel to the slowly progressing political independence of Persia.
(1). When we study this period in history, we see it was marked by significant political unrest. The latter half of the 8th century features not only the political upheaval that led to the fall of the Umayyads (749 A.D.), but also persecutions of Zendīks and uprisings by Persian heretics (Sindbāh 755–6; Ustādhīs 766–8; the veiled prophet of Khurāsān 777–80), who, taking advantage of the people's gullibility, disguised their political agendas as religious ideas, much like Lamennais did in our own time. Later, at the start of the 9th century, we see the sons of Hārūn (Ma’mūn and Amīn) caught up in a brutal struggle for political power. Furthermore, the Golden Age of Islamic literature is significantly disrupted by the ongoing revolt of the Mazdakite Bābak (816:838). The early years of Ma’mun's rule bring another significant social issue—the Shu‘ūbiyya controversy (815), which evolves alongside the emergence of independent Persian families, like the Tāhirīd (820), the Ṣaffārīd (868), and the Sāmānīd Dynasty (874). Therefore, it is this mix of factors, along with others of a similar kind, that pushed spiritual pursuits out of the turmoil and into the tranquil peace of a deepening contemplative life. The Semitic nature of the lives and thoughts of these early Muhammadan ascetics gradually gives way to a more inclusive pantheism influenced by Aryan ideas. The development of this outlook runs parallel to Persia’s slow journey towards political independence.
(2). The Sceptical tendencies of Islamic Rationalism which found an early expression in the poems of Bashshār ibn Burd—the blind Persian Sceptic who deified fire, and scoffed at all non-Persian modes of thought. The germs of Scepticism latent in Rationalism ultimately necessitated an appeal to a super-intellectual source of knowledge which asserted itself in the Risāla of Al-Qushairī (986). In our own times the negative results of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason drove Jacobi and Schleiermacher to base faith on the feeling of the reality of the ideal; and to the 19th century sceptic Wordsworth uncovered that mysterious state of mind "in which we grow all spirit and see into the life of things".
(2). The Sceptical tendencies of Islamic Rationalism found early expression in the poems of Bashshār ibn Burd—the blind Persian skeptic who worshipped fire and mocked all non-Persian ways of thinking. The seeds of skepticism within Rationalism eventually led to the need for a higher source of knowledge, which emerged in the Risāla of Al-Qushairī (986). In modern times, the negative outcomes of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason pushed Jacobi and Schleiermacher to ground faith in the feeling of the reality of the ideal; and for the 19th century skeptic, Wordsworth revealed that mysterious state of mind "in which we grow all spirit and see into the life of things."
(3). The unemotional piety of the various schools of Islam—the Ḥanafite (Abu Ḥanīfa d. 767), the Shāfiite (Al-Shāfi‘ī d. 820), the Mālikite (Al-Mālik d. 795), and the anthropomorphic Ḥambalite (Ibn Ḥambal d. 855)—the bitterest enemy of independent thought—which [Pg 101] ruled the masses after the death of Al-Ma’mūn.
(3). The emotionless devotion of the different schools of Islam—the Ḥanafite (Abu Ḥanīfa d. 767), the Shāfiite (Al-Shāfi‘ī d. 820), the Mālikite (Al-Mālik d. 795), and the anthropomorphic Ḥambalite (Ibn Ḥambal d. 855)—which was the fiercest opponent of independent thinking—was what [Pg 101] controlled the masses after Al-Ma’mūn’s death.
(4). The religious discussions among the representatives of various creeds encouraged by Al-Ma’mūn, and especially the bitter theological controversy between the Ash‘arites, and the advocates of Rationalism which tended not only to confine religion within the narrow limits of schools, but also stirred up the spirit to rise above all petty sectarian wrangling.
(4). The religious discussions among the representatives of different faiths encouraged by Al-Ma’mūn, particularly the heated theological debate between the Ash‘arites and the supporters of Rationalism, not only sought to limit religion to the narrow confines of specific schools but also inspired people to rise above trivial sectarian disputes.
(5). The gradual softening of religious fervency due to the rationalistic tendency of the early ‘Abbāsid period, and the rapid growth of wealth which tended to produce moral laxity and indifference to religious life in the upper circles of Islam.
(5). The slow decline of religious passion caused by the rationalist movement of the early ‘Abbāsid period, along with the swift increase in wealth that led to moral looseness and a lack of interest in religious life among the upper echelons of Islam.
(6). The presence of Christianity as a working ideal of life. It was, however, principally the actual life of the Christian hermit rather than his religious ideas, that exercised the greatest fascination over the minds of early Islamic Saints whose complete unworldliness, though extremely charming in itself, is, I believe, quite contrary to the spirit of Islam.
(6). The presence of Christianity as a practical ideal for living. However, it was mostly the actual life of the Christian hermit, rather than his religious beliefs, that captured the most attention of early Islamic Saints. Their complete detachment from the world, while very appealing in itself, I believe, goes against the spirit of Islam.
Such was principally the environment of Ṣūfīism, and it is to the combined action of the [Pg 102] above conditions that we should look for the origin and development of Ṣūfīistic ideas. Given these conditions and the Persian mind with an almost innate tendency towards monism, the whole phenomenon of the birth and growth of Ṣūfīism is explained. If we now study the principal pre-existing conditions of Neo-Platonism, we find that similar conditions produced similar results. The barbarian raids which were soon to reduce Emperors of the Palace to Emperors of the Camp, assumed a more serious aspect about the middle of the third century. Plotinus himself speaks of the political unrest of his time in one of his letters to Flaccus.[102:1] When he looked round himself in Alexandria, his birth place, he noticed signs of growing toleration and indifferentism towards religious life. Later on in Rome which had become, so to say, a pantheon of different nations, he found a similar want of seriousness in life, a similar laxity of character in the upper classes [Pg 103] of society. In more learned circles philosophy was studied as a branch of literature rather than for its own sake; and Sextus Empiricus, provoked by Antiochus's tendency to fuse scepticism and Stoicism was teaching the old unmixed scepticism of Pyrrho—that intellectual despair which drove Plotinus to find truth in a revelation above thought itself. Above all, the hard unsentimental character of Stoic morality, and the loving piety of the followers of Christ who, undaunted by long and fierce persecutions, were preaching the message of peace and love to the whole Roman world, necessitated a restatement of Pagan thought in a way that might revivify the older ideals of life, and suit the new spiritual requirements of the people. But the ethical force of Christianity was too great for Neo-Platonism which, on account of its more metaphysical[103:1] character, had no message for the people at large, and was [Pg 104] consequently inaccessible to the rude barbarian who, being influenced by the actual life of the persecuted Christian adopted Christianity, and settled down to construct new empires out of the ruins of the old. In Persia the influence of culture-contacts and cross-fertilisation of ideas created in certain minds a vague desire to realise a similar restatement of Islam, which gradually assimilated Christian ideals as well as Christian Gnostic speculation, and found a firm foundation in the Qur’ān. The flower of Greek Thought faded away before the breath of Christianity; but the burning simoon of Ibn Taimiyya's invective could not touch the freshness of the Persian rose. The one was completely swept away by the flood of barbarian invasions; the other, unaffected by the Tartar revolution, still holds its own.
This was mainly the setting for Ṣūfīism, and we should look to the combined action of the [Pg 102] above conditions to understand the origin and evolution of Ṣūfīistic ideas. Considering these conditions and the Persian mindset, which has an almost inherent inclination toward monism, we can explain the entire phenomenon of the emergence and development of Ṣūfīism. If we now examine the main pre-existing conditions of Neo-Platonism, we find that similar circumstances produced similar outcomes. The barbarian invasions that were soon to reduce Emperors of the Palace to Emperors of the Camp took on a more serious tone around the mid-third century. Plotinus himself refers to the political turmoil of his time in one of his letters to Flaccus.[102:1] When he looked around himself in Alexandria, his birthplace, he observed signs of increasing tolerance and indifference toward religious life. Later, in Rome, which had essentially become a melting pot of different nations, he discovered a similar lack of seriousness in life and a comparable moral laxity in the upper classes [Pg 103] of society. In more scholarly circles, philosophy was studied as a form of literature rather than for its own sake; and Sextus Empiricus, provoked by Antiochus's tendency to combine skepticism and Stoicism, was teaching the old, unadulterated skepticism of Pyrrho—that intellectual despair that drove Plotinus to seek truth in a revelation beyond thought itself. Above all, the harsh, unsentimental nature of Stoic morality, contrasted with the loving piety of Christ’s followers, who, undeterred by long and fierce persecution, preached a message of peace and love throughout the Roman world, called for a rearticulation of Pagan thought that could reinvigorate the older ideals of life and meet the new spiritual needs of the people. However, the ethical power of Christianity was too significant for Neo-Platonism, which, due to its more metaphysical[103:1] character, had no message for the general populace and was [Pg 104] therefore inaccessible to the rough barbarian who, influenced by the actual experiences of persecuted Christians, adopted Christianity and set out to build new empires from the ruins of the old. In Persia, the interaction of cultures and the cross-pollination of ideas sparked in some individuals a vague desire to achieve a similar reinterpretation of Islam, which gradually incorporated Christian ideals as well as Christian Gnostic speculation, finding a solid foundation in the Qur’ān. The brilliance of Greek Thought faded before the rise of Christianity; however, the fervent criticism of Ibn Taimiyya could not diminish the vitality of the Persian rose. One was completely washed away by the tide of barbarian invasions; the other, untouched by the Tartar upheaval, continues to thrive.
This extraordinary vitality of the Ṣūfī restatement of Islam, however, is explained when we reflect on the all-embracing structure of Ṣūfīism. The semitic formula of salvation can be briefly stated in the words, "Transform your will",—which signifies that the Semite looks upon will as the essence of the human soul. [Pg 105] The Indian Vedantist, on the other hand, teaches that all pain is due to our mistaken attitude towards the Universe. He, therefore, commands us to transform our understanding—implying thereby that the essential nature of man consists in thought, not activity or will. But the Ṣūfī holds that the mere transformation of will or understanding will not bring peace; we should bring about the transformation of both by a complete transformation of feeling, of which will and understanding are only specialised forms. His message to the individual is—"Love all, and forget your own individuality in doing good to others." Says Rūmī:—"To win other people's hearts is the greatest pilgrimage; and one heart is worth more than a thousand Ka‘bahs. Ka‘bah is a mere cottage of Abraham; but the heart is the very home of God." But this formula demands a why and a how—a metaphysical justification of the ideal in order to satisfy the understanding; and rules of action in order to guide the will. Ṣūfīism furnishes both. Semitic religion is a code of strict rules of conduct; the Indian Vedanta, on the other hand, is a cold system [Pg 106] of thought. Ṣūfīism avoids their incomplete Psychology, and attempts to synthesise both the Semitic and the Aryan formulas in the higher category of Love. On the one hand it assimilates the Buddhistic idea of Nirwāna (Fanā-Annihilation), and seeks to build a metaphysical system in the light of this idea; on the other hand it does not disconnect itself from Islam, and finds the justification of its view of the Universe in the Qur’ān. Like the geographical position of its home, it stands midway between the Semitic and the Aryan, assimilating ideas from both sides, and giving them the stamp of its own individuality which, on the whole, is more Aryan than Semitic in character. It would, therefore, be evident that the secret of the vitality of Ṣūfīism is the complete view of human nature upon which it is based. It has survived orthodox persecutions and political revolutions, because it appeals to human nature in its entirety; and, while it concentrates its interest chiefly in a life of self-denial, it allows free play to the speculative tendency as well.
This incredible energy of the Ṣūfī restatement of Islam makes sense when we consider the all-encompassing nature of Ṣūfīism. The Semitic concept of salvation can be summed up in the phrase, "Change your will," which means that a Semite sees will as the core of the human soul. [Pg 105] In contrast, the Indian Vedantist teaches that all suffering arises from our flawed perspective on the Universe. Therefore, he instructs us to change our understanding, suggesting that human nature is rooted in thought rather than action or will. However, the Ṣūfī believes that simply changing will or understanding isn't enough for peace; we need to transform both through a total shift in feeling, of which will and understanding are just specialized expressions. His message to individuals is, "Love everyone, and forget your individuality when doing good for others." Rūmī says, "Winning people's hearts is the greatest pilgrimage; and one heart is worth more than a thousand Ka‘bahs. The Ka‘bah is just a house of Abraham; but the heart is the true home of God." But this idea requires a why and a how—a metaphysical explanation of the principle to satisfy understanding, and guidelines for action to steer the will. Ṣūfīism provides both. Semitic religion offers a strict code of conduct, whereas Indian Vedanta presents a detached system of thought. Ṣūfīism bridges their incomplete psychology and tries to integrate both the Semitic and the Aryan ideas under the greater concept of Love. It incorporates the Buddhist notion of Nirwāna (Fanā-Annihilation) and aims to develop a metaphysical framework based on this idea; yet it also remains connected to Islam, finding its justification for its worldview in the Qur’ān. Geographically, it exists between the Semitic and Aryan traditions, absorbing concepts from both and marking them with its unique identity, which tends to be more Aryan than Semitic in nature. Thus, it's clear that the key to the vitality of Ṣūfīism lies in its comprehensive view of human nature. It has endured orthodox persecution and political upheaval because it appeals to the entirety of human nature; while it primarily focuses on a life of self-denial, it also allows room for speculative thinking.
I will now briefly indicate how Ṣūfī writers [Pg 107] justify their views from the Quranic standpoint. There is no historical evidence to show that the Prophet of Arabia actually communicated certain esoteric doctrines to ‘Alī or Abū Bakr. The Ṣūfī, however, contends that the Prophet had an esoteric teaching—"wisdom"—as distinguished from the teaching contained in the Book, and he brings forward the following verse to substantiate his case:—"As we have sent a prophet to you from among yourselves who reads our verses to you, purifies you, teaches you the Book and the Wisdom, and teaches you what you did not know before."[107:1] He holds that "the wisdom" spoken of in the verse, is something not incorporated in the teaching of the Book which, as the Prophet repeatedly declared, had been taught by several prophets before him. If, he says, the wisdom is included in the Book, the word "Wisdom" in the verse would be redundant. It can, I think, be easily shown that in the Qur’ān as well as in the authenticated traditions, there are germs of Ṣūfī doctrine which, owing to the thoroughly practical genius of the Arabs, could [Pg 108] not develop and fructify in Arabia, but which grew up into a distinct doctrine when they found favourable circumstances in alien soils. The Qur’ān thus defines the Muslims:—"Those who believe in the Unseen, establish daily prayer, and spend out of what We have given them."[108:1] But the question arises as to the what and the where of the Unseen. The Qur’ān replies that the Unseen is in your own soul—"And in the earth there are signs to those who believe, and in yourself,—what! do you not then see!"[108:2] And again—"We are nigher to him (man) than his own jugular vein."[108:3] Similarly the Holy Book teaches that the essential nature of the Unseen is pure light—"God is the light of heavens and earth."[108:4] As regards the question whether this Primal Light is personal, the Qur’ān, in spite of many expressions signifying personality, declares in a few words—"There is nothing like him."[108:5]
I will now briefly explain how Ṣūfī writers [Pg 107] support their views from a Quranic perspective. There’s no historical proof that the Prophet of Arabia actually shared specific esoteric teachings with ‘Alī or Abū Bakr. However, the Ṣūfī argues that the Prophet had an esoteric teaching—referred to as "wisdom"—which is different from the teachings in the Book. He cites the following verse to support his argument: "As we have sent a prophet to you from among yourselves who reads our verses to you, purifies you, teaches you the Book and the Wisdom, and teaches you what you did not know before."[107:1] He believes that "the wisdom" mentioned in the verse is not included in the teachings of the Book, which, as the Prophet repeatedly stated, had been taught by several prophets before him. He argues that if wisdom were included in the Book, then the term "Wisdom" in the verse would be unnecessary. I think it can be easily shown that in the Qur’ān and in the verified traditions, there are elements of Ṣūfī doctrine which, due to the practical nature of the Arabs, could not develop fully in Arabia but flourished into a distinct doctrine when conditions were favorable in other regions. The Qur’ān thus defines Muslims as: "Those who believe in the Unseen, establish daily prayer, and spend out of what We have given them."[108:1] But the question arises about the what and where of the Unseen. The Qur’ān answers that the Unseen is within your own soul—"And in the earth there are signs for those who believe, and in yourselves—what! do you not then see!"[108:2] And again, "We are closer to him (man) than his own jugular vein."[108:3] Similarly, the Holy Book teaches that the essential nature of the Unseen is pure light—"God is the light of the heavens and the earth."[108:4] As for whether this Primal Light is personal, the Qur’ān, despite many phrases suggesting personality, states simply—"There is nothing like Him."[108:5]
These are some of the chief verses out of which the various Ṣūfī commentators develop pantheistic views of the Universe. They enumerate the following four stages of spiritual training through which the soul—the order or reason of the Primal Light—("Say that the soul is the order or reason of God.")[109:1] has to pass, if it desires to rise above the common herd, and realise its union or identity with the ultimate source of all things:—
These are some of the main verses that various Ṣūfī commentators use to develop pantheistic views of the Universe. They outline the following four stages of spiritual training that the soul—the purpose or essence of the Primal Light—("Say that the soul is the purpose or essence of God.")[109:1] must go through in order to rise above the ordinary and achieve its unity or identity with the ultimate source of all things:—
(1). Belief in the Unseen.
Faith in the Invisible.
(2). Search after the Unseen. The spirit of inquiry leaves its slumber by observing the marvellous phenomena of nature. "Look at the camel how it is created; the skies how they are exalted; the mountains how they are unshakeably fixed."[109:2]
(2). Search for the Unseen. The spirit of inquiry awakens by observing the amazing wonders of nature. "Look at how the camel is created; how the skies are raised high; how the mountains are steadfastly in place."[109:2]
(3). The knowledge of the Unseen. This comes, as we have indicated above, by looking into the depths of our own soul.
(3). The knowledge of the Unseen. This comes, as we mentioned earlier, by exploring the depths of our own soul.
(4). The Realisation—This results, according to the higher Ṣūfīism from the constant practice of Justice and Charity—"Verily God bids you [Pg 110] do justice and good, and give to kindred (their due), and He forbids you to sin, and do wrong, and oppress".[110:1]
(4). The Realization—This comes, according to higher Sufism, from the continuous practice of justice and kindness—"Indeed, God commands you to act justly and do good, and give to your relatives what they deserve, and He forbids you from sin, wrongdoing, and oppression."
It must, however, be remembered that some later Ṣūfī fraternities (e.g. Naqshbandī) devised, or rather borrowed[110:2] from the Indian Vedantist, other means of bringing about this Realisation. They taught, imitating the Hindu doctrine of Kundalīnī, that there are six great centres of light of various colours in the body of man. It is the object of the Ṣūfī to make them move, or to use the technical word, "current" by certain methods of meditation, and eventually to realise, amidst the apparent diversity of colours, the fundamental colourless light which makes everything visible, and is itself invisible. The continual movement of these centres of light through the body, and the final realisation of their identity, which results from putting the atoms of the body into definite courses of motion [Pg 111] by slow repetition of the various names of God and other mysterious expressions, illuminates the whole body of the Ṣūfī; and the perception of the same illumination in the external world completely extinguishes the sense of "otherness." The fact that these methods were known to the Persian Ṣūfīs misled Von Kremer who ascribed the whole phenomenon of Ṣūfīism to the influence of Vedantic ideas. Such methods of contemplation are quite unislamic in character, and the higher Ṣūfīs do not attach any importance to them.
It should be noted that some later Sufi groups (like the Naqshbandi) developed, or rather borrowed, methods from Indian Vedantism to achieve this realization. They taught, mimicking the Hindu idea of Kundalini, that there are six major centers of light in the human body, each with a different color. The goal for the Sufi is to activate these centers, or to use the technical term, "current," through specific meditation techniques, ultimately realizing, amidst the apparent diversity of colors, the fundamental colorless light that makes everything visible, yet is itself invisible. The continuous movement of these light centers throughout the body, along with the final realization of their unity—which comes from directing the body's atoms into specific patterns of motion through the repeated recitation of various names of God and other mysterious phrases—fills the entire body of the Sufi with illumination; and the awareness of the same light in the external world completely eliminates the sense of "otherness." The fact that these methods were known to Persian Sufis led Von Kremer to mistakenly attribute the entire phenomenon of Sufism to the influence of Vedantic ideas. However, such methods of contemplation are not characteristic of Islam, and the more advanced Sufis do not consider them important.
§ II.
Aspects of Ṣūfī-Metaphysics.
Let us now return to the various schools or rather the various aspects of Ṣūfī Metaphysics. A careful investigation of Ṣūfī literature shows that Ṣūfīism has looked at the Ultimate Reality from three standpoints which, in fact, do not exclude but complement each other. Some Ṣūfīs conceive the essential nature of reality as self-conscious will, others beauty; others again [Pg 112] hold that Reality is essentially Thought, Light or Knowledge. There are, therefore, three aspects of Ṣūfī thought:—
Let’s now go back to the different schools or, more accurately, the different aspects of Ṣūfī Metaphysics. A careful look at Ṣūfī literature reveals that Ṣūfīism views Ultimate Reality from three perspectives that actually complement rather than exclude each other. Some Ṣūfīs see the fundamental nature of reality as self-conscious will, others as beauty, and some believe that Reality is fundamentally Thought, Light, or Knowledge. Therefore, there are three aspects of Ṣūfī thought:—
A. Reality as Self-conscious Will.
The first in historical order is that represented by Shaqīq Balkhī, Ibrāhim Adham, Rābi‘a, and others. This school conceives the ultimate reality as "Will", and the Universe a finite activity of that will. It is essentially monotheistic and consequently more semitic in character. It is not the desire of Knowledge which dominates the ideal of the Ṣūfīs of this school, but the characteristic features of their life are piety, unworldliness, and an intense longing for God due to the consciousness of sin. Their object is not to philosophise, but principally to work out a certain ideal of life. From our standpoint, therefore, they are not of much importance.
The first in historical order is that represented by Shaqīq Balkhī, Ibrāhim Adham, Rābi‘a, and others. This school views ultimate reality as "Will," and sees the universe as a finite expression of that will. It is fundamentally monotheistic and thus has a more Semitic character. It's not the pursuit of Knowledge that drives the ideals of the Ṣūfīs in this school; instead, their lives are defined by piety, detachment from worldly matters, and a deep yearning for God, stemming from an awareness of sin. Their goal isn't to engage in philosophy but to develop a specific ideal of life. From our perspective, they are not particularly significant.
B. Reality as Beauty.
In the beginning of the 9th century Ma‘rūf Karkhī defined Ṣūfīism as "Apprehension of [Pg 113] Divine realities"[113:1]—a definition which marks the movement from Faith to Knowledge. But the method of apprehending the ultimate reality was formally stated by Al-Qushairī about the end of the 10th century. The teachers of this school adopted the Neo-Platonic idea of creation by intermediary agencies; and though this idea lingered in the minds of Ṣūfī writers for a long time, yet their Pantheism led them to abandon the Emanation theory altogether. Like Avicenna they looked upon the ultimate Reality as "Eternal Beauty" whose very nature consists in seeing its own "face" reflected in the Universe-mirror. The Universe, therefore, became to them a reflected image of the "Eternal Beauty", and not an emanation as the Neo-Platonists had taught. The cause of creation, says Mīr Sayyid Sharīf, is the manifestation of Beauty, and the first creation is Love. The realisation of this Beauty, is brought about by universal love, which the innate Zoroastrian instinct of the Persian Ṣūfī loved [Pg 114] to define as "the Sacred Fire which burns up everything other than God." Says Rūmī:—
In the early 9th century, Ma‘rūf Karkhī described Ṣūfīism as "Understanding Divine realities"—a definition that signifies the shift from Faith to Knowledge. However, the process of grasping the ultimate reality was formally articulated by Al-Qushairī around the late 10th century. The teachers of this school embraced the Neo-Platonic concept of creation through intermediary agencies; and although this idea persisted in the thoughts of Ṣūfī writers for a long time, their Pantheism ultimately led them to completely reject the Emanation theory. Like Avicenna, they viewed the ultimate Reality as "Eternal Beauty," whose very essence lies in observing its own "face" reflected in the Universe-mirror. Thus, the Universe became for them a mirrored image of the "Eternal Beauty," rather than an emanation as the Neo-Platonists had suggested. According to Mīr Sayyid Sharīf, the purpose of creation is the manifestation of Beauty, with Love being the first act of creation. The realization of this Beauty is achieved through universal love, which the inherent Zoroastrian instinct of the Persian Ṣūfī cherished and defined as "the Sacred Fire that burns away everything except God." Rūmī says:—
You, the Healer of all our ailments!
You healer of pride,
"You're the Plato and Galen of our souls!"[114:1]
As a direct consequence of such a view of the Universe, we have the idea of impersonal absorption which first appears in Bāyazīd of Bistām, and which constitutes the characteristic feature of the later development of this school. The growth of this idea may have been influenced by Hindu pilgrims travelling through Persia to the Buddhistic temple still existing at Bāku.[114:2] The school became wildly pantheistic [Pg 115] in Ḥusain Manṣūr who, in the true spirit of the Indian Vedantist, cried out, "I am God"—Aham Brahma asmi.
As a direct result of this perspective on the Universe, we get the idea of impersonal absorption, which first emerged in Bāyazīd of Bistām and became a defining characteristic of the later development of this school. This concept may have been influenced by Hindu pilgrims traveling through Persia to the Buddhist temple that still exists in Bāku.[114:2] The school became extremely pantheistic in Ḥusain Manṣūr, who, embodying the true spirit of the Indian Vedantist, declared, "I am God"—Aham Brahma asmi.
The ultimate Reality or Eternal Beauty, according to the Ṣūfīs of this school, is infinite in the sense that "it is absolutely free from the limitations of beginning, end, right, left, above, and below."[115:1] The distinction of essence and attribute does not exist in the Infinite—"Substance and quality are really identical."[115:2] We have indicated above that nature is the mirror of the Absolute Existence. But according to Nasafī, there are two kinds of mirrors[115:3]—
The ultimate Reality or Eternal Beauty, according to the Ṣūfīs of this school, is limitless in that "it is completely free from the restrictions of beginning, end, right, left, above, and below."[115:1] The distinction between essence and attribute does not exist in the Infinite—"Substance and quality are fundamentally the same."[115:2] We've mentioned earlier that nature reflects the Absolute Existence. However, according to Nasafī, there are two types of mirrors[115:3]—
(a). That which shows merely a reflected image—this is external nature.
(a). What only shows a reflected image—this is external nature.
(b). That which shows the real Essence—this is man who is a limitation of the Absolute, and erroneously thinks himself to be an independent entity.
(b). What reveals the true essence—this is a person who is a limitation of the Absolute and mistakenly believes they are an independent being.
"O Derwish!" says Nasafī "dost thou think that thy existence is independent of God? This [Pg 116] is a great error."[116:1] Nasafī explains his meaning by a beautiful parable.[116:2] The fishes in a certain tank realised that they lived, moved, and had their being in water, but felt that they were quite ignorant of the real nature of what constituted the very source of their life. They resorted to a wiser fish in a great river, and the Philosopher-fish addressed them thus:—
"O Derwish!" Nasafī says, "do you really think your existence is separate from God? That’s a huge mistake."[Pg 116] He clarifies his point with a lovely parable.[116:1] A group of fish in a tank realized that they lived, moved, and existed in water, but they were completely unaware of the true nature of the very source of their life. They went to a wiser fish in a large river, and the Philosopher-fish spoke to them this way:—
"O you who endeavour to untie the knot (of being)! You are born in union, yet die in the thought of an unreal separation. Thirsty on the sea-shore! Dying penniless while master of the treasure!"
"O you who try to unravel the knot (of being)! You are born in unity, yet you die believing in an illusion of separation. Thirsty on the beach! Dying broke while being the master of the treasure!"
All feeling of separation, therefore, is ignorance; and all "otherness" is a mere appearance, a dream, a shadow—a differentiation born of relation essential to the self-recognition of the Absolute. The great prophet of this school is "The excellent Rūmī" as Hegel calls him. He took up the old Neo-Platonic idea of the Universal soul working through the various spheres of being, and expressed it in a way so modern in spirit that [Pg 117] Clodd introduces the passage in his "Story of Creation". I venture to quote this famous passage in order to show how successfully the poet anticipates the modern concept of evolution, which he regarded as the realistic side of his Idealism.
All feelings of separation are, therefore, ignorance; and all "otherness" is just an illusion, a dream, a shadow—a distinction arising from the relationship necessary for the self-recognition of the Absolute. The great prophet of this school is "The excellent Rūmī," as Hegel refers to him. He embraced the old Neo-Platonic idea of the Universal soul operating through different levels of existence and expressed it in a way so modern in spirit that [Pg 117] Clodd includes the passage in his "Story of Creation." I’d like to quote this famous passage to illustrate how effectively the poet anticipates the modern concept of evolution, which he viewed as the realistic aspect of his Idealism.
Next, he moved on to the realm of plants.
For years, he lived like one of the plants,
Not remembering anything about his inorganic state that was so different; And when he transitioned from the vegetative state to the animal state,
He had no memory of his time as a plant,
Except for the attraction he felt towards the world of plants,
Especially during springtime and with sweet flowers; Just like how infants are drawn to their mothers,
Which do not know the reason for their attraction to the heart.
Once again, the great creator, as you know,
Drew the man out of the animal and into a human condition. So man transitioned from one order of nature to another,
Until he became wise, knowledgeable, and as strong as he is now.
He now has no memory of his first soul,
And he will be transformed from his current self.
It would now be instructive if we compare this aspect of Ṣūfī thought with the fundamental ideas of Neo-Platonism. The God of Neo-Platonism is immanent as well as transcendant. "As being the cause of all things, it is everywhere. As being other than all things, it is nowhere. If it were only "everywhere", and [Pg 118] not also "nowhere", it would be all things."[118:1] The Ṣūfī, however, tersely says that God is all things. The Neo-Platonist allows a certain permanence or fixity to matter;[118:2] but the Ṣūfīs of the school in question, regard all empirical experience as a kind of dreaming. Life in limitation, they say, is sleep; death brings the awakening. It is, however, the doctrine of Impersonal immortality—"genuinely eastern in spirit"—which distinguishes this school from Neo-Platonism. "Its (Arabian Philosophy) distinctive doctrine", says Whittaker, "of an Impersonal immortality of the general human intellect is, however, as contrasted with Aristotelianism and Neo-Platonism, essentially original."
It would be helpful to compare this aspect of Ṣūfī thought with the main ideas of Neo-Platonism. The God of Neo-Platonism is both present and beyond everything. "As the cause of all things, it is everywhere. As being separate from all things, it is nowhere. If it were only 'everywhere' and not also 'nowhere,' it would be all things." The Ṣūfī, on the other hand, simply states that God is all things. The Neo-Platonist accepts a certain permanence or stability to matter; but the Ṣūfīs from the relevant school view all empirical experience as a form of dreaming. They claim that life within limitations is like sleep, and death leads to awakening. However, it is the idea of Impersonal immortality—"truly eastern in spirit"—that sets this school apart from Neo-Platonism. "Its (Arabian Philosophy) distinctive doctrine," Whittaker says, "of an Impersonal immortality of the general human intellect is, in contrast with Aristotelianism and Neo-Platonism, fundamentally original."
The above brief exposition shows that there are three basic ideas of this mode of thought:—
The brief explanation above shows that there are three main ideas of this way of thinking:—
(a). That the ultimate Reality is knowable through a supersensual state of consciousness.
(a). That the ultimate Reality can be understood through a state of consciousness beyond the senses.
(b). That the ultimate Reality is impersonal.
(b). That the ultimate reality is impersonal.
(c). That the ultimate Reality is one.
(c). That the ultimate Reality is one.
(I). The Agnostic reaction as manifested in the Poet ‘Umar Khayyām (12th century) who cried out in his intellectual despair:—
(I). The Agnostic reaction as shown in the poet ‘Umar Khayyām (12th century) who expressed his intellectual despair:—
Are lost at sea, similar, and find no land,
One person is awake; everyone else is asleep.
(II). The monotheistic reaction of Ibn Taimiyya and his followers in the 13th century.
(II). The monotheistic response of Ibn Taimiyya and his followers in the 13th century.
(III). The Pluralistic reaction of Wāḥid Maḥmūd[119:1] in the 13th century.
(III). The Pluralistic reaction of Wāḥid Maḥmūd[119:1] in the 13th century.
Speaking from a purely philosophical standpoint, the last movement is most interesting. The history of Thought illustrates the operation of certain general laws of progress which are true of the intellectual annals of different peoples. The German systems of monistic thought invoked the pluralism of Herbart; while the pantheism of Spinoza called forth the monadism of Leibniz. The operation of the same law led Wāḥid Maḥmūd to deny the truth of contemporary monism, and declare [Pg 120] that Reality is not one but many. Long before Leibniz he taught that the Universe is a combination of what he called "Afrād"—essential units, or simple atoms which have existed from all eternity, and are endowed with life. The law of the Universe is an ascending perfection of elemental matter, continually passing from lower to higher forms determined by the kind of food which the fundamental units assimilate. Each period of his cosmogony comprises 8,000 years, and after eight such periods the world is decomposed, and the units re-combine to construct a new universe. Wāḥid Maḥmūd succeeded in founding a sect which was cruelly persecuted, and finally stamped out of existence by Shāh ‘Abbās. It is said that the poet Ḥāfiz of Shīrāz believed in the tenets of this sect.
Speaking from a purely philosophical perspective, the last movement is particularly intriguing. The history of thought illustrates the operation of certain general laws of progress that apply to the intellectual history of different cultures. The German systems of monistic thought invoked the pluralism of Herbart, while the pantheism of Spinoza gave rise to the monadism of Leibniz. The operation of the same law led Wāḥid Maḥmūd to reject the truth of contemporary monism and assert that reality is not singular but multiple. Long before Leibniz, he taught that the universe is a combination of what he referred to as "Afrād"—essential units or simple atoms that have existed since the beginning of time and are endowed with life. The law of the universe is an ascending perfection of elemental matter, consistently progressing from lower to higher forms based on the type of food the fundamental units take in. Each period of his cosmogony lasts 8,000 years, and after eight such periods, the world decomposes, and the units re-combine to create a new universe. Wāḥid Maḥmūd succeeded in establishing a sect that was brutally persecuted and eventually eradicated by Shāh ‘Abbās. It is said that the poet Ḥāfiz of Shīrāz believed in the principles of this sect.
C. Reality as Light or Thought.
The third great school of Ṣūfīism conceives Reality as essentially Light or Thought, the very nature of which demands something to be thought or illuminated. While the preceding school abandoned Neo-Platonism, this school transformed it into new systems. There are, [Pg 121] however, two aspects of the metaphysics of this school. The one is genuinely Persian in spirit, the other is chiefly influenced by Christian modes of thought. Both agree in holding that the fact of empirical diversity necessitates a principle of difference in the nature of the ultimate Reality. I now proceed to consider them in their historical order.
The third major school of Ṣūfīism views Reality as fundamentally Light or Thought, which by its nature requires something to be thought about or illuminated. While the previous school moved away from Neo-Platonism, this school adapted it into new frameworks. There are, [Pg 121] however, two aspects of this school's metaphysics. One is genuinely Persian in spirit, while the other is mainly influenced by Christian ways of thinking. Both agree that the existence of empirical diversity requires a principle of difference within the nature of ultimate Reality. I will now discuss them in their historical sequence.
I. Reality as Light—Al-Ishrāqī.
Return to Persian Dualism.
The application of Greek dialectic to Islamic Theology aroused that spirit of critical examination which began with Al-Ash‘arī, and found its completest expression in the scepticism of Al-Ghazālī. Even among the Rationalists there were some more critical minds—such as Nazzām—whose attitude towards Greek Philosophy was not one of servile submission, but of independent criticism. The defenders of dogma—Al-Ghazālī, Al-Rāzī, Abul Barakāt, and Al-Āmidī, carried on a persistent attack on the whole fabric of Greek Philosophy; while Abu Sa‘īd Ṣairāfī, Qaḍī ‘Abdal Jabbār, Abul [Pg 122] Ma‘ālī, Abul Qāsim, and finally the acute Ibn Taimiyya, actuated by similar theological motives, continued to expose the inherent weakness of Greek Logic. In their criticism of Greek Philosophy, these thinkers were supplemented by some of the more learned Ṣūfīs, such as Shahābal Dīn Suhrawardī, who endeavoured to substantiate the helplessness of pure reason by his refutation of Greek thought in a work entitled, "The unveiling of Greek absurdities". The Ash‘arite reaction against Rationalism resulted not only in the development of a system of metaphysics most modern in some of its aspects, but also in completely breaking asunder the worn out fetters of intellectual thraldom. Erdmann[122:1] seems to think that the speculative spirit among the Muslims exhausted itself with Al-Fārābī and Avicenna, and that after them Philosophy became bankrupt in passing over into scepticism and mysticism. Evidently he ignores the Muslim criticism of Greek Philosophy which led to the Ash‘arite Idealism on the one hand, and a genuine Persian reconstruction on [Pg 123] the other. That a system of thoroughly Persian character might be possible, the destruction of foreign thought, or rather the weakening of its hold on the mind, was indispensable. The Ash‘arite and other defenders of Islamic Dogma completed the destruction; Al-Ishrāqī—the child of emancipation—came forward to build a new edifice of thought; though, in his process of reconstruction, he did not entirely repudiate the older material. His is the genuine Persian brain which, undaunted by the threats of narrow minded authority, asserts its right of free independent speculation. In his philosophy the old Iranian tradition, which had found only a partial expression in the writings of the Physician Al-Rāzī, Al-Ghazālī, and the Ismā‘īlia sect, endeavours to come to a final understanding with the philosophy of his predecessors and the theology of Islam.
The use of Greek dialectic in Islamic theology sparked a critical examination that began with Al-Ash'arī and was fully expressed in the skepticism of Al-Ghazālī. Even among the Rationalists, there were some more analytical thinkers—like Nazzām—whose view of Greek philosophy wasn’t one of blind acceptance but of independent critique. The defenders of dogma—Al-Ghazālī, Al-Rāzī, Abul Barakāt, and Al-Āmidī—conducted a steady attack on the entire structure of Greek philosophy; meanwhile, Abu Sa‘īd Ṣairāfī, Qaḍī ‘Abdal Jabbār, Abul Ma‘ālī, Abul Qāsim, and the sharp-minded Ibn Taimiyya, driven by similar theological motivations, continued to reveal the inherent flaws of Greek logic. In their critiques of Greek philosophy, these thinkers were joined by some of the more knowledgeable Ṣūfīs, such as Shahābal Dīn Suhrawardī, who sought to demonstrate the limitations of pure reason through his refutation of Greek thought in a work titled "The Unveiling of Greek Absurdities." The Ash'arite reaction against Rationalism not only led to the development of a metaphysical system that was very modern in some aspects but also completely shattered the outdated chains of intellectual oppression. Erdmann seems to believe that the speculative spirit among Muslims faded with Al-Fārābī and Avicenna, asserting that after them, philosophy collapsed into skepticism and mysticism. Clearly, he overlooks the Muslim critique of Greek philosophy, which resulted in Ash'arite Idealism on one side and a genuine Persian reconstruction on the other. For a thoroughly Persian system to emerge, the destruction or, more accurately, the weakening of foreign thought’s grip on the mind was essential. The Ash'arite defenders of Islamic dogma completed this destruction; Al-Ishrāqī—the product of liberation—emerged to construct a new framework of thought; however, in his reconstruction efforts, he didn’t completely discard the earlier material. His thinking represents the true Persian intellect that, unafraid of the threats from narrow-minded authority, asserts its right to free and independent speculation. In his philosophy, the old Iranian tradition, which had only partially emerged in the writings of the physician Al-Rāzī, Al-Ghazālī, and the Ismā‘īlia sect, attempts to reach a conclusive understanding with the philosophy of his predecessors and the theology of Islam.
Shaikh Shahābal Dīn Suhrawardī, known as Shaikhal Ishrāq Maqtūl was born about the middle of the 12th century. He studied philosophy with Majd Jīlī—the teacher of the commentator Al-Rāzī—and, while still a youth, stood unrivalled as a thinker in the [Pg 124] whole Islamic world. His great admirer Al-Malik-al-Zāhir—the son of Sultan Ṣalāḥ-al Dīn—invited him to Aleppo, where the youthful philosopher expounded his independent opinions in a way that aroused the bitter jealousy of contemporary theologians. These hired slaves of bloodthirsty Dogmatism which, conscious of its inherent weakness, has always managed to keep brute force behind its back, wrote to Sultan Ṣalāḥ-al Dīn, that the Shaikh's teaching was a danger to Islam, and that it was necessary, in the interest of the Faith, to nip the evil in the bud. The Sultan consented; and there, at the early age of 36, the young Persian thinker calmly met the blow which made him a martyr of truth, and immortalised his name for ever. Murderers have passed away, but the philosophy, the price of which was paid in blood, still lives, and attracts many an earnest seeker after truth.
Shaikh Shāhābal Dīn Suhrawardī, known as Shaiḳh al Ishrāq Maqtūl, was born around the middle of the 12th century. He studied philosophy with Majd Jīlī—the teacher of the commentator Al-Rāzī—and, while still young, was unmatched as a thinker in the entire Islamic world. His great admirer, Al-Malik al-Zāhir—the son of Sultan Ṣalāḥ-al Dīn—invited him to Aleppo, where the young philosopher presented his independent views in a way that sparked intense jealousy among contemporary theologians. These defenders of rigid Dogmatism, aware of their own fragility, always managed to hide behind brute force; they wrote to Sultan Ṣalāḥ-al Dīn, claiming that the Shaikh's teachings posed a threat to Islam and that it was crucial, in the interest of the Faith, to eliminate the danger before it grew. The Sultan agreed; and there, at the young age of 36, the Persian thinker faced the blow that made him a martyr for truth, ensuring his name would be immortalized forever. The murderers have faded away, but the philosophy, for which blood was shed, continues to thrive, attracting many earnest seekers of truth.
The principal features of the founder of the Ishrāqī Philosophy are his intellectual independence, the skill with which he weaves his materials into a systematic whole, and above all his faithfulness to the philosophic traditions [Pg 125] of his country. In many fundamental points he differs from Plato, and freely criticises Aristotle whose philosophy he looks upon as a mere preparation for his own system of thought. Nothing escapes his criticism. Even the logic of Aristotle, he subjects to a searching examination, and shows the hollowness of some of its doctrines. Definition, for instance, is genus plus differentia, according to Aristotle. But Al-Ishrāqī holds that the distinctive attribute of the thing defined, which cannot be predicated of any other thing, will bring us no knowledge of the thing. We define "horse" as a neighing animal. Now we understand animality, because we know many animals in which this attribute exists; but it is impossible to understand the attribute "neighing", since it is found nowhere except in the thing defined. The ordinary definition of horse, therefore, would be meaningless to a man who has never seen a horse. Aristotelian definition, as a scientific principle is quite useless. This criticism leads the Shaikh, to a standpoint very similar to that of Bosanquet who defines definition, as "Summation of qualities". The Shaikh holds that a true definition [Pg 126] would enumerate all the essential attributes which, taken collectively, exist nowhere except the thing defined, though they may individually exist in other things.
The main features of the founder of the Ishrāqī Philosophy are his intellectual independence, the skill with which he integrates his ideas into a cohesive system, and most importantly, his commitment to the philosophical traditions of his country. He differs from Plato on many fundamental points and openly critiques Aristotle, viewing his philosophy as merely a precursor to his own system of thought. Nothing is beyond his critique; he rigorously examines Aristotle's logic and reveals the weaknesses in some of its doctrines. For example, Aristotle defines definition as genus plus differentia. However, Al-Ishrāqī argues that the distinctive attribute of the thing being defined, which cannot be applied to anything else, does not contribute to our understanding of that thing. When we define "horse" as a neighing animal, we recognize animality because we are familiar with many animals that share that trait. Yet, we cannot grasp the trait "neighing" since it exists only in the defined entity. Thus, the typical definition of a horse would be meaningless to someone who has never encountered one. According to Al-Ishrāqī, Aristotelian definition is ineffective as a scientific principle. This critique brings the Shaikh to a viewpoint similar to that of Bosanquet, who describes definition as "Summation of qualities." The Shaikh maintains that a true definition would list all the essential attributes that, together, exist nowhere else but in the defined thing, even though they may exist individually in other entities.
But let us turn to his system of metaphysics, and estimate the worth of his contribution to the thought of his country. In order fully to comprehend the purely intellectual side of Transcendental philosophy, the student, says the Shaikh, must be thoroughly acquainted with Aristotelian philosophy, Logic, Mathematics, and Ṣūfīism. His mind should be completely free from the taint of prejudice and sin, so that he may gradually develop that inner sense, which verifies and corrects what intellect understands only as theory. Unaided reason is untrustworthy; it must always be supplemented by "Dhauq"—the mysterious perception of the essence of things—which brings knowledge and peace to the restless soul, and disarms Scepticism for ever. We are, however, concerned with the purely speculative side of this spiritual experience—the results of the inner perception as formulated and systematised by discursive thought. Let us, therefore, examine [Pg 127] the various aspects of the Ishrāqī Philosophy—Ontology, Cosmology, and Psychology.
But let’s look at his system of metaphysics and assess the value of his contribution to the ideas of his country. To fully understand the intellectual side of Transcendental philosophy, the student, according to the Shaikh, needs to be well-versed in Aristotelian philosophy, Logic, Mathematics, and Ṣūfīism. His mind should be entirely free from prejudice and sin so that he can gradually cultivate that inner sense, which validates and corrects what the intellect knows only as theory. Reason alone isn’t reliable; it must always be paired with "Dhauq"—the mysterious perception of the essence of things—which brings knowledge and peace to the restless soul and permanently silences Scepticism. However, we are focused on the purely theoretical aspect of this spiritual experience—the outcomes of inner perception as outlined and organized by analytical thought. Therefore, let’s examine [Pg 127] the various components of Ishrāqī Philosophy—Ontology, Cosmology, and Psychology.
Ontology.
The ultimate principle of all existence is "Nūr-i-Qāhir"—the Primal Absolute Light whose essential nature consists in perpetual illumination. "Nothing is more visible than light, and visibility does not stand in need of any definition."[127:1] The essence of Light, therefore, is manifestation. For if manifestation is an attribute superadded to light, it would follow that in itself light possesses no visibility, and becomes visible only through something else visible in itself; and from this again follows the absurd consequence, that something other than light is more visible than light. The Primal Light, therefore, has no reason of its existence beyond itself. All that is other than this original principle is dependent, contingent, possible. The "not-light" (darkness) is not something distinct proceeding from an independent source. It is an error of the representatives of the Magian religion to [Pg 128] suppose that Light and Darkness are two distinct realities created by two distinct creative agencies. The ancient Philosophers of Persia were not dualists like the Zoroastrian priests who, on the ground of the principle that the one cannot cause to emanate from itself more than one, assigned two independent sources to Light and Darkness. The relation between them is not that of contrariety, but of existence and non-existence. The affirmation of Light necessarily posits its own negation—Darkness which it must illuminate in order to be itself. This Primordial Light is the source of all motion. But its motion is not change of place; it is due to the love of illumination which constitutes its very essence, and stirs it up, as it were, to quicken all things into life, by pouring out its own rays into their being. The number of illuminations which proceed from it is infinite. Illuminations of intenser brightness become, in their turn, the sources of other illuminations; and the scale of brightness gradually descends to illuminations too faint to beget other illuminations. All these illuminations are mediums, or in the language of Theology, [Pg 129] angels through whom the infinite varieties of being receive life and sustenance from the Primal Light. The followers of Aristotle erroneously restricted the number of original Intellects to ten. They likewise erred in enumerating the categories of thought. The possibilities of the Primal Light are infinite; and the Universe, with all its variety, is only a partial expression of the infinitude behind it. The categories of Aristotle, therefore, are only relatively true. It is impossible for human thought to comprehend within its tiny grasp, all the infinite variety of ideas according to which the Primal Light does or may illuminate that which is not light. We can, however, discriminate between the following two illuminations of the original Light:—
The ultimate principle of all existence is "Nūr-i-Qāhir"—the Primal Absolute Light whose core nature is continuous illumination. "Nothing is more visible than light, and visibility doesn’t need any definition." The essence of Light, then, is manifestation. If manifestation was an attribute added to light, it would mean that light itself has no visibility and only becomes visible through something else that is inherently visible. This leads to the absurd idea that something other than light is more visible than light. Therefore, the Primal Light has no reason for its existence other than itself. Everything else is dependent, contingent, and possible. The "not-light" (darkness) is not a separate entity coming from an independent source. It’s a misconception of the representatives of the Magian religion to think that Light and Darkness are two distinct realities created by two different sources. The ancient philosophers of Persia were not dualists like the Zoroastrian priests who believed that since one cannot create more than one thing from itself, there must be two independent sources for Light and Darkness. Their relationship is not one of opposition but of existence and non-existence. The affirmation of Light inherently acknowledges its own negation—Darkness, which it must illuminate to be itself. This Primordial Light is the foundation of all motion. However, its motion isn’t about changing locations; it results from the love of illumination that forms its very essence and drives it to bring everything to life by pouring its own rays into their existence. The number of illuminations that come from it is infinite. Brighter illuminations become, in turn, sources of other illuminations, while the scale of brightness gradually decreases to illuminations that are too faint to generate other illuminations. All these illuminations are mediums, or in theological terms, angels through which the infinite varieties of being receive life and sustenance from the Primal Light. The followers of Aristotle mistakenly limited the number of original Intellects to ten. They also made errors in categorizing thought. The possibilities of the Primal Light are infinite; the Universe, with all its diversity, is merely a partial reflection of the infinitude that lies beyond it. Therefore, the categories of Aristotle are only relatively true. It’s impossible for human thought to fully grasp all the infinite variety of ideas according to which the Primal Light illuminates what is not light. However, we can distinguish between the following two illuminations of the original Light:—
(1). The Abstract Light (e.g. Intellect Universal as well as individual). It has no form, and never becomes the attribute of anything other than itself (Substance). From it proceed all the various forms of partly-conscious, conscious, or self-conscious light, differing from one another in the amount of lustre, which is determined by their comparative nearness or [Pg 130] distance from the ultimate source of their being. The individual intellect or soul is only a fainter copy, or a more distant reflection of the Primal Light. The Abstract Light knows itself through itself, and does not stand in need of a non-ego to reveal its own existence to itself. Consciousness or self-knowledge, therefore, is the very essense of Abstract light, as distinguished from the negation of light.
(1). The Abstract Light (like Universal Intellect, as well as individual). It has no form and never becomes an attribute of anything other than itself (Substance). From it come all the different forms of partly-conscious, conscious, or self-conscious light, which vary from each other in the amount of brightness, determined by their relative proximity or distance from the ultimate source of their existence. The individual intellect or soul is just a dimmer copy or a more distant reflection of the Primal Light. The Abstract Light is aware of itself through itself and doesn’t need a non-ego to reveal its own existence. Therefore, consciousness or self-awareness is the very essence of Abstract Light, as opposed to the absence of light.
(2). The Accidental light (Attribute)—the light that has a form, and is capable of becoming an attribute of something other than itself (e.g. the light of the stars, or the visibility of other bodies). The Accidental light, or more properly sensible light, is a distant reflection of the Abstract light, which, because of its distance, has lost the intensity, or substance-character of its parent. The process of continuous reflection is really a softening process; successive illuminations gradually lose their intensity until, in the chain of reflections, we reach certain less intense illuminations which entirely lose their independent character, and cannot exist except in association with something else. These illuminations form the Accidental [Pg 131] light—the attribute which has no independent existence. The relation, therefore, between the Accidental and the Abstract light is that of cause and effect. The effect, however, is not something quite distinct from its cause; it is a transformation, or a weaker form of the supposed cause itself. Anything other than the Abstract light (e.g. the nature of the illuminated body itself) cannot be the cause of the Accidental light; since the latter, being merely contingent and consequently capable of being negatived, can be taken away from bodies, without affecting their character. If the essence or nature of the illuminated body, had been the cause of the Accidental light, such a process of disillumination could not have been possible. We cannot conceive an inactive cause.[131:1]
(2). The Accidental light (Attribute)—the light that takes a form and can become an attribute of something else (like the light of the stars or the visibility of other objects). The Accidental light, or more accurately sensible light, is a distant reflection of the Abstract light, which has lost the intensity or substance of its source due to its distance. The process of continuous reflection is essentially a softening process; successive illuminations gradually diminish in intensity until, through the chain of reflections, we reach certain weaker illuminations that completely lose their independent character and cannot exist without being associated with something else. These illuminations make up the Accidental light—the attribute that has no independent existence. The relationship between the Accidental and the Abstract light is one of cause and effect. However, the effect is not something entirely separate from its cause; it is a transformation, or a weaker version of the supposed cause itself. Anything other than the Abstract light (like the nature of the illuminated object) cannot be the cause of the Accidental light since the latter, being merely contingent and therefore capable of being negated, can be removed from objects without changing their character. If the essence or nature of the illuminated object were the cause of the Accidental light, such a process of disillumination would not be possible. We cannot imagine an inactive cause.[131:1]
It is now obvious that the Shaikh al-Ishrāq agrees with the Ash‘arite thinkers in holding that there is no such thing as the Prima Materia of Aristotle; though he recognises the existence of a necessary negation of Light—darkness, the object of illumination. He further agrees with them in teaching the [Pg 132] relativity of all categories except Substance and Quality. But he corrects their theory of knowledge, in so far as he recognises an active element in human knowledge. Our relation with the objects of our knowledge is not merely a passive relation; the individual soul, being itself an illumination, illuminates the object in the act of knowledge. The Universe to him is one great process of active illumination; but, from a purely intellectual standpoint, this illumination is only a partial expression of the infinitude of the Primal Light, which may illuminate according to other laws not known to us. The categories of thought are infinite; our intellect works with a few only. The Shaikh, therefore, from the standpoint of discursive thought, is not far from modern Humanism.
It’s now clear that the Shaikh al-Ishrāq agrees with the Ash‘arite thinkers in believing that there’s no such thing as Aristotle’s Prima Materia; however, he acknowledges the necessary existence of a negation of Light—darkness, which is the object of illumination. He also agrees with them in teaching the [Pg 132] relativity of all categories except Substance and Quality. But he corrects their theory of knowledge by recognizing an active element in human understanding. Our relationship with what we know isn’t just passive; the individual soul, as an illumination itself, brightens the object during the act of knowledge. To him, the Universe is one vast process of active illumination; yet, from a purely intellectual perspective, this illumination is only a partial reflection of the infinitude of the Primal Light, which may shine according to other laws that we don’t understand. The categories of thought are limitless; our intellect only engages with a few. Therefore, the Shaikh, from the perspective of analytical thought, isn’t far from modern Humanism.
Cosmology.
All that is "not-light" is, what the Ishrāqī thinkers call, "Absolute quantity", or "Absolute matter". It is only another aspect of the affirmation of light, and not an independent principle, as the followers of Aristotle erroneously [Pg 133] hold. The experimental fact of the transformation of the primary elements into one another, points to this fundamental Absolute matter which, with its various degrees of grossness, constitutes the various spheres of material being. The absolute ground of all things, then, is divided into two kinds:—
All that is "not-light" is what the Ishrāqī thinkers refer to as "Absolute quantity" or "Absolute matter." It's just another way of affirming light and not an independent principle, as the followers of Aristotle mistakenly believe. The experimental fact that primary elements can transform into each other indicates this fundamental Absolute matter, which, with its different levels of density, makes up the various spheres of material existence. Thus, the absolute foundation of everything is divided into two kinds:—
(1). That which is beyond space—the obscure substance or atoms (essences of the Ash‘arite).
(1). That which exists beyond space—the mysterious substance or atoms (essences of the Ash‘arite).
(2). That which is necessarily in space—forms of darkness, e.g. weight, smell, taste, etc.
(2). Anything that exists in space—like forms of darkness, for example, weight, smell, taste, etc.
The combination of these two particularises the Absolute matter. A material body is forms of darkness plus obscure substance, made visible or illuminated by the Abstract light. But what is the cause of the various forms of darkness? These, like the forms of light, owe their existence to the Abstract light, the different illuminations of which cause diversity in the spheres of being. The forms which make bodies differ from one another, do not exist in the nature of the Absolute matter. The Absolute quantity and the Absolute matter being identical, [Pg 134] if these forms do exist in the essence of the Absolute matter, all bodies would be identical in regard to the forms of darkness. This, however, is contradicted by daily experience. The cause of the forms of darkness, therefore, is not the Absolute matter. And as the difference of forms cannot be assigned to any other cause, it follows that they are due to the various illuminations of the Abstract light. Forms of light and darkness both owe their existence to the Abstract Light. The third element of a material body—the obscure atom or essence—is nothing but a necessary aspect of the affirmation of light. The body as a whole, therefore, is completely dependent on the Primal Light. The whole Universe is really a continuous series of circles of existence, all depending on the original Light. Those nearer to the source receive more illumination than those more distant. All varieties of existence in each circle, and the circles themselves, are illuminated through an infinite number of medium-illuminations, which preserve some forms of existence by the help of "conscious light" (as in the case of man, animal and [Pg 135] plant), and some without it (as in the case of minerals and primary elements). The immense panorama of diversity which we call the Universe, is, therefore, a vast shadow of the infinite variety in intensity of direct or indirect illuminations and rays of the Primary Light. Things are, so to speak, fed by their respective illuminations to which they constantly move, with a lover's passion, in order to drink more and more of the original fountain of Light. The world is an eternal drama of love. The different planes of being are as follow:—
The combination of these two relates to the Absolute matter. A material body consists of forms of darkness and obscure substance, made visible by the Abstract light. But what causes the different forms of darkness? Just like the forms of light, they exist because of the Abstract light, whose various illuminations create diversity in the realms of existence. The different forms that distinguish bodies from one another do not exist in the nature of the Absolute matter. Since the Absolute quantity and the Absolute matter are the same, if these forms existed in the essence of the Absolute matter, all bodies would be identical concerning the forms of darkness. However, daily experience contradicts this. Therefore, the source of the forms of darkness is not the Absolute matter. And since the difference in forms can’t be attributed to any other cause, they must come from the various illuminations of the Abstract light. Both forms of light and darkness exist because of the Abstract Light. The third element of a material body—the obscure atom or essence—is simply a necessary aspect of the affirmation of light. So, the body as a whole is entirely dependent on the Primal Light. The entire Universe is actually a continuous series of circles of existence, all reliant on the original Light. Those closer to the source receive more illumination than those farther away. All variations of existence in each circle, and the circles themselves, are illuminated through countless medium-illuminations, which support some forms of existence with "conscious light" (like in the case of humans, animals, and plants) and some without it (like minerals and primary elements). The vast array of diversity we call the Universe is thus a broad shadow of the infinite variety in the intensity of direct or indirect illuminations and rays of the Primary Light. Things are, so to speak, nourished by their respective illuminations, which they continually pursue, with a lover's passion, to drink more and more from the original fountain of Light. The world is an eternal drama of love. The different planes of being are as follows:—

"Image of a table called The Plane of Primal Light."
The Plane of Primal Light. | 1. The Plane of Intellects—the parent of the heavens, | ||||
2. The Plane of the Soul. | |||||
3. The Plane of Form. | 1. The Plane of ideal form. | 1. The Plane of the heavens. | |||
2. The Plane of the elements:— | (a). Simple elements. | ||||
(b). Compounds:— | I. Mineral kingdom. | ||||
II. Vegetable kingdom. | |||||
III. Animal kingdom. | |||||
2. The Plane of material forms:— | (a). The heavens | ||||
(b). The elements:— | 1. Simple elements | ||||
2. Compounds:— | I. Mineral kingdom. | ||||
II. Vegetable kingdom. | |||||
III. Animal kingdom. |
Having briefly indicated the general nature [Pg 136] of Being, we now proceed to a more detailed examination of the world-process. All that is not-light is divided into:—
Having briefly indicated the general nature [Pg 136] of Being, we now move on to a more detailed examination of the world-process. Everything that is not light is divided into:—
(1). Eternal e.g., Intellects, Souls of heavenly bodies, heavens, simple elements, time, motion.
(1). Eternal e.g., Intellects, Souls of heavenly bodies, heavens, simple elements, time, motion.
(2). Contingent e.g., Compounds of various elements. The motion of the heavens is eternal, and makes up the various cycles of the Universe. It is due to the intense longing of the heaven-soul to receive illumination from the source of all light. The matter of which the heavens are constructed, is completely free from the operation of chemical processes, incidental to the grosser forms of the not-light. Every heaven has its own matter peculiar to it alone. Likewise the heavens differ from one another in the direction of their motion; and the difference is explained by the fact that the beloved, or the sustaining illumination, is different in each case. Motion is only an aspect of time. It is the summing up of the elements of time, which, as externalised, is motion. The distinction of past, present, and future is made only for the sake of convenience, and does not exist in the [Pg 137] nature of time.[137:1] We cannot conceive the beginning of time; for the supposed beginning would be a point of time itself. Time and motion, therefore, are both eternal.
(2). Contingent e.g., Compounds of various elements. The motion of the heavens is eternal and makes up the various cycles of the Universe. It stems from the intense longing of the heaven-soul to receive illumination from the source of all light. The matter that makes up the heavens is completely free from the chemical processes associated with the denser forms of non-light. Each heaven has its own unique matter. Similarly, the heavens differ in the direction of their motion, which is explained by the fact that the beloved, or the sustaining illumination, is different in each case. Motion is merely an aspect of time. It is the aggregation of the elements of time, which, when externalized, becomes motion. The distinction of past, present, and future is made only for convenience and does not exist in the[Pg 137] nature of time.[137:1] We cannot conceive the beginning of time; for the supposed beginning would itself be a point in time. Therefore, time and motion are both eternal.
There are three primordial elements—water, earth, and wind. Fire, according to the Ishrāqīs, is only burning wind. The combinations of these elements, under various heavenly influences, assume various forms—fluidity, gaseousness, solidity. This transformation of the original elements, constitutes the process of "making and unmaking" which pervades the entire sphere of the not-light, raising the different forms of existence higher and higher, and bringing them nearer and nearer to the illuminating forces. All the phenomena of nature—rain, clouds, thunder, meteor—are the various workings of this immanent principle of motion, and are explained by the direct or indirect operation of the Primal Light on things, which differ from one another in their capacity of receiving more or less illumination. The Universe, in one word, is a petrified desire; a crystallised longing after light. [Pg 138]
There are three basic elements—water, earth, and wind. Fire, according to the Ishrāqīs, is just a type of burning wind. The combinations of these elements, influenced by various celestial forces, take on different forms—liquid, gas, solid. This transformation of the original elements is part of the "making and unmaking" process that runs throughout the entire realm of the non-light, elevating different forms of existence and bringing them closer to the illuminating forces. All the phenomena of nature—rain, clouds, thunder, meteor—are the various expressions of this inherent principle of motion and are explained by the direct or indirect effect of the Primal Light on things, which vary in their ability to receive more or less illumination. The Universe, in essence, is a frozen desire; a crystallized longing for light. [Pg 138]
But is it eternal? The Universe is a manifestation of the illuminative Power which constitutes the essential nature of the Primal Light. In so far, therefore, as it is a manifestation, it is only a dependent being, and consequently not eternal. But in another sense it is eternal. All the different spheres of being exist by the illuminations and rays of the Eternal light. There are some illuminations which are directly eternal; while there are other fainter ones, the appearance of which depends on the combination of other illuminations and rays. The existence of these is not eternal in the same sense as the existence of the pre-existing parent illuminations. The existence of colour, for instance, is contingent in comparison to that of the ray, which manifests colour when a dark body is brought before an illuminating body. The Universe, therefore, though contingent as manifestation, is eternal by the eternal character of its source. Those who hold the non-eternity of the Universe argue on the assumption of the possibility of a complete induction. Their argument proceeds in the following manner:—
But is it eternal? The Universe is a reflection of the illuminating Power that makes up the essence of the Primal Light. So, as a manifestation, it is a dependent entity and, therefore, not eternal. However, in another way, it is eternal. All the different levels of existence thrive on the illuminations and rays of the Eternal light. Some illuminations are directly eternal, while others are fainter and rely on the combination of different illuminations and rays for their appearance. Their existence is not eternal in the same way that the existence of the original parent illuminations is. For example, color exists in a dependent manner compared to the ray that reveals the color when a dark object is placed in front of an illuminating source. Thus, the Universe, while contingent as a manifestation, is eternal because of the eternal nature of its source. Those who argue that the Universe is not eternal do so based on the assumption of the possibility of a complete induction. Their argument goes like this: —
⁂ All Abyssinians are black.
All Abyssinians are black.
(2). Every motion began at a definite moment.
(2). Every action started at a specific moment.
⁂ All motion must begin so.
⁂ Every action must start this way.
But this mode of argumentation is vicious. It is quite impossible to state the major. One cannot collect all the Abyssinians past, present, and future, at one particular moment of time. Such a Universal, therefore, is impossible. Hence from the examination of individual Abyssinians, or particular instances of motion which fall within the pale of our experience, it is rash to infer, that all Abyssinians are black, or all motion had a beginning in time.
But this way of arguing is flawed. It's impossible to define the whole group. One cannot gather all Abyssinians from the past, present, and future at the same moment. So, this idea of a universal truth is unfeasible. Therefore, based on the study of individual Abyssinians or specific examples of motion that we experience, it's reckless to conclude that all Abyssinians are black, or that all motion had a beginning in time.
Psychology.
Motion and light are not concomitant in the case of bodies of a lower order. A piece of stone, for instance, though illuminated and hence visible, is not endowed with self-initiated movement. As we rise, however, in the scale of being, we find higher bodies, or organisms in which motion and light are associated together. The abstract illumination finds its best dwelling place in man. But the question arises whether the individual abstract illumination [Pg 140] which we call the human soul, did or did not exist before its physical accompaniment. The founder of Ishrāqī Philosophy follows Avicenna in connection with this question, and uses the same arguments to show, that the individual abstract illuminations cannot be held to have pre-existed, as so many units of light. The material categories of one and many cannot be applied to the abstract illumination which, in its essential nature, is neither one nor many; though it appears as many owing to the various degrees of illuminational receptivity in its material accompaniments. The relation between the abstract illumination, or soul and body, is not that of cause and effect; the bond of union between them is love. The body which longs for illumination, receives it through the soul; since its nature does not permit a direct communication between the source of light and itself. But the soul cannot transmit the directly received light to the dark solid body which, considering its attributes, stands on the opposite pole of being. In order to be related to each other, they require a medium between them, something standing [Pg 141] midway between light and darkness. This medium is the animal soul—a hot, fine, transparent vapour which has its principal seat in the left cavity of the heart, but also circulates in all parts of the body. It is because of the partial identity of the animal soul with light that, in dark nights, land-animals run towards the burning fire; while sea-animals leave their aquatic abodes in order to enjoy the beautiful sight of the moon. The ideal of man, therefore, is to rise higher and higher in the scale of being, and to receive more and more illumination which gradually brings complete freedom from the world of forms. But how is this ideal to be realised? By knowledge and action. It is the transformation of both understanding and will, the union of action and contemplation, that actualizes the highest ideal of man. Change your attitude towards the Universe, and adopt the line of conduct necessitated by the change. Let us briefly consider these means of realisation:—
Motion and light don't occur together in lower forms of matter. For example, a piece of stone, while lit and visible, doesn’t move on its own. However, as we move up the hierarchy of existence, we encounter higher entities, or organisms, where motion and light are connected. The concept of pure illumination finds its best expression in humans. But this raises the question of whether the individual pure illumination we call the human soul existed before its physical form. The founder of Ishrāqī Philosophy references Avicenna when addressing this issue, using similar arguments to suggest that these individual pure illuminations cannot be regarded as having existed beforehand, like separate units of light. The material concepts of unity and multiplicity don’t apply to pure illumination, which, by its nature, is neither one nor many; it appears as many due to the different levels of receptivity in its material forms. The relationship between pure illumination, or the soul, and the body is not one of cause and effect; their connection is love. The body, which seeks illumination, receives it through the soul since it cannot directly communicate with the source of light. However, the soul can’t pass the light it receives directly to the dark solid body which, due to its qualities, exists at the opposite end of the spectrum. To relate to each other, they need a medium, something that stands between light and darkness. This medium is the animal soul—a warm, fine, transparent vapor that primarily resides in the left chamber of the heart but also circulates throughout the body. It's due to the partial similarity of the animal soul with light that, on dark nights, land animals move toward the fire, while sea creatures leave the water to enjoy the beautiful sight of the moon. Thus, the ideal of humanity is to continually ascend in the hierarchy of being and to gain more illumination, which gradually leads to complete freedom from the material world. But how can we achieve this ideal? Through knowledge and action. It is the transformation of both understanding and will, the blending of action and contemplation, that brings about the highest ideal of man. Change your perspective toward the Universe, and take the actions required by that change. Let’s briefly examine these means of realization:—
A. Knowledge. When the Abstract illumination associates itself with a higher organism, it works out its development by the operation [Pg 142] of certain faculties—the powers of light, and the powers of darkness. The former are the five external senses, and the five internal senses—sensorium, conception, imagination, understanding, and memory; the latter are the powers of growth, digestion, etc. But such a division of faculties is only convenient. "One faculty can be the source of all operations."[142:1] There is only one power in the middle of the brain, though it receives different names from different standpoints. The mind is a unity which, for the sake of convenience, is regarded as multiplicity. The power residing in the middle of the brain must be distinguished from the abstract illumination which constitutes the real essence of man. The Philosopher of illumination appears to draw a distinction between the active mind and the essentially inactive soul; yet he teaches that in some mysterious way, all the various faculties are connected with the soul.
A. Knowledge. When abstract illumination connects with a higher being, it develops through the function of certain abilities—the powers of light and the powers of darkness. The former include the five external senses and the five internal senses—sensorium, conception, imagination, understanding, and memory; the latter encompass the powers of growth, digestion, etc. However, this division of abilities is merely practical. "One ability can be the source of all actions." There is only one power in the center of the brain, though it’s referred to by different names from various perspectives. The mind is a unity that, for convenience, is perceived as multiple. The power located in the center of the brain should be differentiated from the abstract illumination that constitutes the true essence of man. The Philosopher of illumination seems to distinguish between the active mind and the fundamentally inactive soul; however, he teaches that in some mysterious way, all the different faculties are connected with the soul.
The most original point in his psychology of intellection, however, is his theory of vision. [142:2] [Pg 143] The ray of light which is supposed to come out of the eye must be either substance or quality. If quality, it cannot be transmitted from one substance (eye) to another substance (visible body). If, on the other hand, it is a substance, it moves either consciously, or impelled by its inherent nature. Conscious movement would make it an animal perceiving other things. The perceiver in this case would be the ray, not man. If the movement of the ray is an attribute of its nature, there is no reason why its movement should be peculiar to one direction, and not to all. The ray of light, therefore, cannot be regarded as coming out of the eye. The followers of Aristotle hold that in the process of vision images of objects are printed on the eye. This view is also erroneous; since images of big things cannot be printed on a small space. The truth is that when a thing comes before the eye, an illumination takes place, and the mind sees the object through that illumination. When there is no veil between the object and the normal sight, and the mind is ready to perceive, the act of vision must take place; since this [Pg 144] is the law of things. "All vision is illumination; and we see things in God". Berkley explained the relativity of our sight-perceptions with a view to show that the ultimate ground of all ideas is God. The Ishrāqī Philosopher has the same object in view, though his theory of vision is not so much an explanation of the sight-process as a new way of looking at the fact of vision.
The most original aspect of his psychology of thinking is his theory of vision. The ray of light that is believed to come from the eye must be either a substance or a quality. If it’s a quality, it can't be transferred from one substance (the eye) to another (the visible object). On the other hand, if it’s a substance, it moves either intentionally or according to its nature. Intentional movement would mean that it’s like a living being perceiving other things, so in this case, the ray would be the perceiver, not the person. If the movement of the ray is just part of its nature, then there’s no reason why it should only move in one direction and not all directions. Therefore, the ray of light cannot be seen as coming out of the eye. Aristotle's followers believe that when we see, images of objects are impressed on the eye. This view is also incorrect, as images of large objects can’t fit on a small surface. The reality is that when an object appears before us, it creates illumination, and the mind perceives the object through that light. When there’s no barrier between the object and normal vision, and the mind is prepared to see, vision must occur, because that is just how things work. "All vision is illumination; and we see things in God." Berkeley explained our perception of sight in a way that emphasizes that the ultimate basis of all ideas is God. The Ishrāqī Philosopher shares this goal, although his theory of vision is less about explaining how we see and more about presenting a new perspective on the phenomenon of vision.
Besides sense and reason, however, there is another source of knowledge called "Dhauq"—the inner perception which reveals non-temporal and non-spatial planes of being. The study of philosophy, or the habit of reflecting on pure concepts, combined with the practice of virtue, leads to the upbringing of this mysterious sense, which corroborates and corrects the conclusions of intellect.
Besides sense and reason, however, there is another source of knowledge called "Dhauq"—the inner perception that reveals non-temporal and non-spatial aspects of existence. The study of philosophy, or the habit of contemplating pure concepts, along with the practice of virtue, nurtures this mysterious sense, which supports and adjusts the findings of intellect.
B. Action. Man as an active being has the following motive powers:
B. Action. Humans as active beings have the following driving forces:
(a). Reason or the Angelic soul—the source of intelligence, discrimination, and love of knowledge.
(a). Reason or the Angelic soul—the source of intelligence, discernment, and a passion for knowledge.
(b). The beast-soul which is the source of anger, courage, dominance, and ambition. [Pg 145]
(b). The beast-soul that drives anger, courage, dominance, and ambition. [Pg 145]
(c). The animal soul which is the source of lust, hunger, and sexual passion.
(c). The animal instinct that drives desire, hunger, and sexual attraction.
The first leads to wisdom; the second and third, if controlled by reason, lead respectively to bravery and chastity. The harmonious use of all results in the virtue of justice. The possibility of spiritual progress by virtue, shows that this world is the best possible world. Things as existent are neither good nor bad. It is misuse or limited standpoint that makes them so. Still the fact of evil cannot be denied. Evil does exist; but it is far less in amount than good. It is peculiar only to a part of the world of darkness; while there are other parts of the Universe which are quite free from the taint of evil. The sceptic who attributes the existence of evil to the creative agency of God, presupposes resemblance between human and divine action, and does not see that nothing existent is free in his sense of the word. Divine activity cannot be regarded as the creator of evil in the same sense as we regard some forms of human activity as the cause of evil.[145:1]
The first leads to wisdom; the second and third, if guided by reason, lead to bravery and chastity, respectively. Using all three in a balanced way results in the virtue of justice. The potential for spiritual growth through virtue suggests that this world is the best possible one. Things, as they exist, are neither good nor bad. It's the misuse or limited perspective that makes them so. Still, the existence of evil cannot be ignored. Evil does exist, but it's much less prevalent than good. It is confined to part of the world of darkness, while other parts of the Universe are completely free from evil's influence. The skeptic who blames God for the existence of evil assumes a similarity between human and divine actions and fails to recognize that nothing that exists is free in that sense. Divine activity can't be seen as the creator of evil in the same way we look at some human actions as causes of evil.[145:1]
It is, then, by the union of knowledge and virtue that the soul frees itself from the world of darkness. As we know more and more of the nature of things, we are brought closer and closer to the world of light; and the love of that world becomes more and more intense. The stages of spiritual development are infinite, since the degrees of love are infinite. The principal stages, however, are as follows:—
It is through the combination of knowledge and virtue that the soul liberates itself from the world of darkness. As we learn more about the nature of things, we get closer and closer to the world of light; and our love for that world grows stronger and stronger. The stages of spiritual growth are endless, as the levels of love are limitless. The main stages, however, are as follows:—
(1). The stage of "I". In this stage the feeling of personality is most predominant, and the spring of human action is generally selfishness.
(1). The stage of "I". In this stage, the sense of self is the most prominent, and the main motivator of human behavior is usually selfishness.
(2). The stage of "Thou art not". Complete absorption in one's own deep self to the entire forgetfulness of everything external.
(2). The stage of "You're not". Complete immersion in one's own inner self to the total disregard of everything outside.
(3). The stage of "I am not". This stage is the necessary result of the second.
(3). The stage of "I am not". This stage is the necessary outcome of the second.
(4). The stage of "Thou art". The absolute negation of "I", and the affirmation of "Thou", which means complete resignation to the will of God.
(4). The stage of "You are". The total negation of "I", and the affirmation of "You", which means complete surrender to the will of God.
(5). The stage of "I am not; and thou art not". The complete negation of both the terms of thought—the state of cosmic consciousness. [Pg 147]
(5). The stage of "I am not; and you are not". The total denial of both concepts—an awareness of the universe. [Pg 147]
Each stage is marked by more or less intense illuminations, which are accompanied by some indescribable sounds. Death does not put an end to the spiritual progress of the soul. The individual souls, after death, are not unified into one soul, but continue different from each other in proportion to the illumination they received during their companionship with physical organisms. The Philosopher of illumination anticipates Leibniz's doctrine of the Identity of Indiscernibles, and holds that no two souls can be completely similar to each other.[147:1] When the material machinery which it adopts for the purpose of acquiring gradual illumination, is exhausted, the soul probably takes up another body determined by the experiences of the previous life; and rises higher and higher in the different spheres of being, adopting forms peculiar to those spheres, until it reaches its destination—the state of absolute negation. Some souls probably come back to this world in order to make up their deficiencies.[147:2] The doctrine of trans-migration [Pg 148] cannot be proved or disproved from a purely logical standpoint; though it is a probable hypothesis to account for the future destiny of the soul. All souls are thus constantly journeying towards their common source, which calls back the whole Universe when this journey is over, and starts another cycle of being to reproduce, in almost all respects, the history of the preceding cycles.
Each stage is marked by varying degrees of light, accompanied by indescribable sounds. Death doesn’t end the spiritual progress of the soul. Individual souls don’t merge into one after death; they remain distinct from each other based on the light they gained during their time with physical bodies. The Philosopher of illumination predicts Leibniz's idea of the Identity of Indiscernibles, suggesting that no two souls can be exactly alike. When the physical form that the soul uses to gain gradual enlightenment is worn out, the soul likely takes on a new body shaped by the experiences of its past life and ascends through different levels of existence, taking on forms unique to those levels, until it reaches its final destination—the state of absolute negation. Some souls may return to this world to address their shortcomings. The concept of reincarnation cannot be proved or disproved purely logically; however, it serves as a plausible explanation for the soul’s future fate. All souls are continually moving toward their common origin, which calls back the entire Universe once this journey is complete and initiates another cycle of existence, reproducing almost all aspects of the previous cycles.
Such is the philosophy of the great Persian martyr. He is, properly speaking, the first Persian systematiser who recognises the elements of truth in all the aspects of Persian speculation, and skilfully synthesises them in his own system. He is a pantheist in so far as he defines God as the sum total of all sensible and ideal existence.[148:1] To him, unlike some of his Ṣūfī predecessors, the world is something real, and the human soul a distinct individuality. With the orthodox theologian, he maintains that the ultimate cause of every phenomenon, is the absolute light whose illumination forms the very essence of the [Pg 149] Universe. In his psychology he follows Avicenna, but his treatment of this branch of study is more systematic and more empirical. As an ethical philosopher, he is a follower of Aristotle whose doctrine of the mean he explains and illustrates with great thoroughness. Above all he modifies and transforms the traditional Neo-Platonism, into a thoroughly Persian system of thought which, not only approaches Plato, but also spiritualises the old Persian Dualism. No Persian thinker is more alive to the necessity of explaining all the aspects of objective existence in reference to his fundamental principles. He constantly appeals to experience, and endeavours to explain even the physical phenomena in the light of his theory of illumination. In his system objectivity, which was completely swallowed up by the exceedingly subjective character of extreme pantheism, claims its due again, and, having been subjected to a detailed examination, finds a comprehensive explanation. No wonder then that this acute thinker succeeded in founding a system of thought, which has always exercised the greatest fascination over minds—uniting [Pg 150] speculation and emotion in perfect harmony. The narrow-mindedness of his contemporaries gave him the title of "Maqtūl" (the killed one), signifying that he was not to be regarded as "Shahīd" (Martyr); but succeeding generations of Ṣūfīs and philosophers have always given him the profoundest veneration.
Such is the philosophy of the great Persian martyr. He is, in essence, the first Persian thinker who recognizes the elements of truth in all aspects of Persian thought and skillfully combines them into his own system. He is a pantheist in that he defines God as the totality of all tangible and ideal existence.[148:1] Unlike some of his Ṣūfī predecessors, he sees the world as real and the human soul as a distinct individuality. Similar to orthodox theologians, he maintains that the ultimate cause of every phenomenon is the absolute light whose illumination forms the essence of the [Pg 149] Universe. In his psychological theories, he follows Avicenna, yet his approach to this field is more systematic and empirical. As an ethical philosopher, he follows Aristotle and explains the doctrine of the mean with great clarity and depth. Most importantly, he modifies and transforms traditional Neo-Platonism into a distinctly Persian system of thought that not only aligns with Plato but also spiritualizes the ancient Persian Dualism. No Persian thinker is more aware of the need to explain all aspects of objective existence in relation to his core principles. He frequently refers to experience and seeks to explain even physical phenomena through his theory of illumination. In his system, objectivity, which was completely overlooked by the highly subjective nature of extreme pantheism, reclaims its rightful place and, after thorough examination, finds a comprehensive explanation. It's no surprise that this insightful thinker managed to establish a system of thought that has consistently captivated minds—bringing together [Pg 150] speculation and emotion in perfect harmony. The narrow-mindedness of his contemporaries labeled him "Maqtūl" (the killed one), suggesting he was not to be considered a "Shahīd" (Martyr); however, later generations of Ṣūfīs and philosophers have always held him in the highest regard.
I may here notice a less spiritual form of the Ishrāqī mode of thought. Nasafī[150:1] describes a phase of Ṣūfī thought which reverted to the old materialistic dualism of Mānī. The advocates of this view hold, that light and darkness are essential to each other. They are, in reality, two rivers which mix with each other like oil and milk,[150:2] out of which arises the diversity of things. The ideal of human action is freedom from the taint of darkness; and the freedom of light from darkness means the self-consciousness of light as light.
I can point out a less spiritual version of the Ishrāqī way of thinking. Nasafī[150:1] describes a stage of Ṣūfī thought that went back to the old materialistic dualism of Mānī. Supporters of this idea believe that light and darkness are essential to each other. They are really like two rivers that combine with each other, similar to oil and milk,[150:2] from which the diversity of things emerges. The goal of human action is to be free from the influence of darkness; and the freedom of light from darkness signifies the self-awareness of light as light.
II. Reality as Thought—Al-Jīlī.
Al-Jīlī was born in 767 A.H., as he himself [Pg 151] says in one of his verses, and died in 811 A.H. He was not a prolific writer like Shaikh Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī whose mode of thought seems to have greatly influenced his teaching. He combined in himself poetical imagination and philosophical genius, but his poetry is no more than a vehicle for his mystical and metaphysical doctrines. Among other books he wrote a commentary on Shaikh Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī's al-Futūḥāt al-Makkiya, a commentary on Bismillāh, and the famous work Insān al-Kāmil (printed in Cairo).
Al-Jīlī was born in 767 A.H., as he mentions in one of his verses, and died in 811 A.H. He wasn't a prolific writer like Shaiḵ Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī, whose way of thinking seems to have greatly influenced his teachings. He had both poetic imagination and philosophical brilliance, but his poetry mainly served as a way to express his mystical and metaphysical ideas. Among other works, he wrote a commentary on Shaiḵ Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī's al-Futūḥāt al-Makkiya, a commentary on Bismillāh, and the well-known work Insān al-Kāmil (printed in Cairo).
Essence pure and simple, he says, is the thing to which names and attributes are given, whether it is existent actually or ideally. The existent is of two species:—
Essence, pure and simple, he says, is the thing to which names and attributes are assigned, whether it actually exists or is just an idea. The existent comes in two types:—
(1). The Existent in Absoluteness or Pure existence—Pure Being—God.
(1). The Absolute Existent or Pure existence—Pure Being—God.
(2). The existence joined with non-existence—Creation—Nature.
Existence and non-existence—Creation—Nature.
The Essence of God or Pure Thought cannot be understood; no words can express it, for it is beyond all relation and knowledge is relation. The intellect flying through the fathomless empty space pierces through the veil of names [Pg 152] and attributes, traverses the vasty sphere of time, enters the domain of the non-existent and finds the Essence of Pure Thought to be an existence which is non-existence—a sum of contradictions.[152:1] It has two (accidents); eternal life in all past time and eternal life in all future time. It has two (qualities), God and creation. It has two (definitions), uncreatableness and creatableness. It has two names, God and man. It has two faces, the manifested (this world) and the unmanifested (the next world). It has two effects, necessity and possibility. It has two points of view; from the first it is non-existent for itself but existent for what is not itself; from the second it is existent for itself and non-existent for what is not itself.
The essence of God or pure thought can't be fully grasped; no words can truly capture it because it's beyond all relationships, and knowledge is based on relationships. The intellect, soaring through the boundless emptiness, penetrates the veil of names and attributes, navigates the immense realm of time, ventures into the realm of the non-existent, and discovers that the essence of pure thought is an existence that is essentially non-existence—a collection of contradictions. It has two aspects: eternal life in the entirety of past time and eternal life in all future time. It has two qualities: God and creation. It has two definitions: uncreated and created. It has two names: God and man. It has two faces: the manifested (this world) and the unmanifested (the next world). It has two effects: necessity and possibility. It has two perspectives; from the first, it is non-existent for itself but exists for what is not itself; from the second, it exists for itself and is non-existent for what is not itself.
Name, he says, fixes the named in the understanding, pictures it in the mind, presents it in the imagination and keeps it in the memory. It is the outside or the husk, as it were, of the named; while the named is the inside or the pith. Some names do not exist [Pg 153] in reality but exist in name only as "‘Anqā" (a fabulous bird). It is a name the object of which does not exist in reality. Just as "‘Anqā" is absolutely non-existent, so God is absolutely present, although He cannot be touched and seen. The "‘Anqā" exists only in idea while the object of the name "Allāh" exists in reality and can be known like "‘Anqā" only through its names and attributes. The name is a mirror which reveals all the secrets of the Absolute Being; it is a light through the agency of which God sees Himself. Al-Jīlī here approaches the Isma‘īlia view that we should seek the Named through the Name.
The name, he says, defines what is named in our understanding, creates a picture in our minds, presents it in our imagination, and keeps it in our memory. It serves as the outer layer or shell of the named, while the named itself is the inner essence or core. Some names do not have a real existence but exist only in name, like "‘Anqā" (a mythical bird). This is a name for something that doesn't exist in reality. Just as "‘Anqā" is completely non-existent, God is completely present, even though He cannot be seen or touched. The "‘Anqā" only exists as an idea, whereas the object of the name "Allāh" exists in reality and can be known, similar to "‘Anqā," only through His names and attributes. The name is like a mirror that reveals all the mysteries of the Absolute Being; it is a light through which God perceives Himself. Al-Jīlī here aligns with the Isma‘īlia perspective that we should seek the Named through the Name.
In order to understand this passage we should bear in mind the three stages of the development of Pure Being, enumerated by him. He holds that the Absolute existence or Pure Being when it leaves its absoluteness undergoes three stages:—(1) Oneness. (2) He-ness. (3) I-ness. In the first stage there is an absence of all attributes and relations, yet it is called one, and therefore oneness marks one step away from the absoluteness. In the second stage Pure Being is yet free from all manifestation, [Pg 154] while the third stage, I-ness, is nothing but an external manifestation of the He-ness; or, as Hegel would say, it is the self-diremption of God. This third stage is the sphere of the name Allāh; here the darkness of Pure Being is illuminated, nature comes to the front, the Absolute Being has become conscious. He says further that the name Allāh is the stuff of all the perfections of the different phases of Divinity, and in the second stage of the progress of Pure Being, all that is the result of Divine self-diremption was potentially contained within the titanic grasp of this name which, in the third stage of the development, objectified itself, became a mirror in which God reflected Himself, and thus by its crystallisation dispelled all the gloom of the Absolute Being.
To understand this passage, we need to keep in mind the three stages of the development of Pure Being, as he describes. He asserts that Absolute existence or Pure Being, once it steps away from its absoluteness, goes through three stages: (1) Oneness, (2) He-ness, and (3) I-ness. In the first stage, there are no attributes or relationships, yet it is still referred to as one, marking a move away from absoluteness. In the second stage, Pure Being remains free from all manifestation, while in the third stage, I-ness is simply an external expression of He-ness; or, as Hegel puts it, it is the self-separation of God. This third stage represents the domain of the name Allāh; here, the darkness of Pure Being is illuminated, nature comes to the forefront, and Absolute Being gains consciousness. He further explains that the name Allāh embodies all the qualities of the various aspects of Divinity, and during the second stage of the evolution of Pure Being, everything resulting from Divine self-separation was potentially contained within the vast reach of this name, which, in the third stage of development, manifested itself, becoming a mirror in which God reflected Himself, and thus, through its crystallization, dispelled all the darkness of Absolute Being.
In correspondence with these three stages of the absolute development, the perfect man has three stages of spiritual training. But in his case the process of development must be the reverse; because his is the process of ascent, while the Absolute Being had undergone essentially a process of descent. In the first stage of his spiritual progress he [Pg 155] meditates on the name, studies nature on which it is sealed; in the second stage he steps into the sphere of the Attribute, and in the third stage enters the sphere of the Essence. It is here that he becomes the Perfect Man; his eye becomes the eye of God, his word the word of God and his life the life of God—participates in the general life of Nature and "sees into the life of things".
In line with these three stages of absolute development, the perfect person goes through three stages of spiritual training. However, for them, the development process must be the opposite; their journey is one of ascent, while the Absolute Being underwent a process of descent. In the first stage of their spiritual journey, they reflect on the name and study the nature it represents; in the second stage, they enter the realm of the Attribute, and in the third stage, they move into the realm of the Essence. It is at this point that they become the Perfect Person; their vision aligns with the vision of God, their words resonate as the words of God, and their life reflects the life of God—participating in the broader life of Nature and "seeing into the life of things."
To turn now to the nature of the attribute. His views on this most interesting question are very important, because it is here that his doctrine fundamentally differs from Hindu Idealism. He defines attribute as an agency which gives us a knowledge of the state of things.[155:1] Elsewhere he says that this distinction of attribute from the underlying reality is tenable only in the sphere of the manifested, because here every attribute is regarded as the other of the reality in which it is supposed to inhere. This otherness is due to the existence of combination and disintegration in the sphere of the manifested. But [Pg 156] the distinction is untenable in the domain of the unmanifested, because there is no combination or disintegration there. It should be observed how widely he differs from the advocates of the Doctrine of "Māyā". He believes that the material world has real existence; it is the outward husk of the real being, no doubt, but this outward husk is not the less real. The cause of the phenomenal world, according to him, is not a real entity hidden behind the sum of attributes, but it is a conception furnished by the mind so that there may be no difficulty in understanding the material world. Berkeley and Fichte will so far agree with our author, but his view leads him to the most characteristically Hegelian doctrine—identity of thought and being. In the 37th chapter of the 2nd volume of Insān al-Kāmil, he clearly says that idea is the stuff of which this universe is made; thought, idea, notion is the material of the structure of nature. While laying stress on this doctrine he says, "Dost thou not look to thine own belief? Where is the reality in which the so-called Divine attributes inhere? [Pg 157] It is but the idea."[157:1] Hence nature is nothing but a crystallised idea. He gives his hearty assent to the results of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason; but, unlike him, he makes this very idea the essence of the Universe. Kant's Ding an sich to him is a pure nonentity; there is nothing behind the collection of attributes. The attributes are the real things, the material world is but the objectification of the Absolute Being; it is the other self of the Absolute—another which owes its existence to the principle of difference in the nature of the Absolute itself. Nature is the idea of God, a something necessary for His knowledge of Himself. While Hegel calls his doctrine the identity of thought and being, Al-Jīlī calls it the identity of attribute and reality. It should be noted that the author's phrase, "world of attributes", which he uses for the material world is slightly misleading. What he really holds is that the distinction of attribute and reality is merely phenomenal, and does not at all exist in the nature of things. It is useful, because it facilitates our [Pg 158] understanding of the world around us, but it is not at all real. It will be understood that Al-Jīlī recognises the truth of Empirical Idealism only tentatively, and does not admit the absoluteness of the distinction. These remarks should not lead us to understand that Al-Jīlī does not believe in the objective reality of the thing in itself. He does believe in it, but then he advocates its unity, and says that the material world is the thing in itself; it is the "other", the external expression of the thing in itself. The Ding an sich and its external expression or the production of its self-diremption, are really identical, though we discriminate between them in order to facilitate our understanding of the universe. If they are not identical, he says, how could one manifest the other? In one word, he means by Ding an sich, the Pure, the Absolute Being, and seeks it through its manifestation or external expression. He says that as long as we do not realise the identity of attribute and reality, the material world or the world of attributes seems to be a veil; but when the doctrine is brought home to us the veil is removed; we see the [Pg 159] Essence itself everywhere, and find that all the attributes are but ourselves. Nature then appears in her true light; all otherness is removed and we are one with her. The aching prick of curiosity ceases, and the inquisitive attitude of our minds is replaced by a state of philosophic calm. To the person who has realised this identity, discoveries of science bring no new information, and religion with her role of supernatural authority has nothing to say. This is the spiritual emancipation.
To turn now to the nature of the attribute. His thoughts on this fascinating question are crucial because this is where his beliefs significantly diverge from Hindu Idealism. He defines an attribute as a means by which we gain knowledge about the state of things.[155:1] He also states that this distinction between attribute and the underlying reality is only valid in the realm of the manifested, where every attribute is seen as separate from the reality it is believed to exist within. This separateness arises from the existence of combination and disintegration in the manifested realm. However, [Pg 156] this distinction doesn’t hold in the realm of the unmanifested, where there is no combination or disintegration. It’s important to note how much he differs from the proponents of the Doctrine of "Māyā." He believes that the material world exists in reality; it is indeed the outer layer of true being, but this outer layer is still real. According to him, the cause of the phenomenal world isn’t a hidden real entity behind a collection of attributes; instead, it’s a concept provided by the mind to help us understand the material world. Berkeley and Fichte might agree with him to some extent, but his perspective ultimately leads him to a distinctly Hegelian doctrine—the identity of thought and being. In the 37th chapter of the 2nd volume of Insān al-Kāmil, he clearly states that ideas form the substance of this universe; thought, idea, and notion are the materials of nature’s structure. Emphasizing this idea, he asks, "Do you not reflect on your own beliefs? Where is the reality in which the so-called Divine attributes exist? [Pg 157] It is nothing but the idea."[157:1] Therefore, nature is nothing but a crystallized idea. He fully supports the conclusions of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason; however, unlike Kant, he makes this very idea the essence of the Universe. To him, Kant's Ding an sich is simply a nonentity; there’s nothing behind the collection of attributes. The attributes are the real entities; the material world is merely the manifestation of Absolute Being; it exists as the “other” of the Absolute—something that derives its existence from the principle of difference inherent in the Absolute itself. Nature represents the idea of God, which is essential for His self-knowledge. While Hegel describes his doctrine as the identity of thought and being, Al-Jīlī refers to it as the identity of attribute and reality. It's noteworthy that the term "world of attributes" that the author uses to describe the material world is somewhat misleading. What he actually believes is that the distinction between attribute and reality is purely phenomenal and does not genuinely exist in the nature of things. It is a useful distinction for helping us [Pg 158] understand the world around us, but it is not real. It should be clear that Al-Jīlī tentatively acknowledges the truth of Empirical Idealism and does not accept the absolute nature of this distinction. These comments should not lead us to think that Al-Jīlī does not believe in the objective reality of things in themselves. He does believe in this reality, but he advocates for its unity, claiming that the material world is the thing in itself; it is the "other," the external representation of the thing in itself. The Ding an sich and its external manifestation or the product of its self-diremption are, in fact, identical, even though we differentiate between them to aid our understanding of the universe. If they are not identical, he argues, how could one reveal the other? In essence, he refers to Ding an sich as the Pure, the Absolute Being, and seeks it through its manifestation or external expression. He states that unless we recognize the identity of attribute and reality, the material world or the world of attributes appears as a veil; however, once this doctrine is understood, the veil is lifted; we see the [Pg 159] Essence everywhere and realize that all attributes are simply reflections of ourselves. Nature then shows her true self; all distinctions fade away, and we become one with her. The painful ache of curiosity subsides, and the inquisitive mindset transforms into a state of philosophical calm. For someone who has grasped this identity, discoveries in science reveal no new insights, and religion, with its supernatural authority, has nothing further to communicate. This is spiritual liberation.
Let us now see how he classifies the different divine names and attributes which have received expression in nature or crystallised Divinity. His classification is as follows:—
Let’s now look at how he categorizes the various divine names and attributes that have been expressed in nature or formed into a clear representation of Divinity. His classification is as follows:—
(1). The names and attributes of God as He is in Himself (Allāh, The One, The Odd, The Light, The Truth, The Pure, The Living.)
(1). The names and qualities of God as He is in Himself (Allah, The One, The Unique, The Light, The Truth, The Pure, The Living.)
(2). The names and attributes of God as the source of all glory (The Great and High, The All-powerful).
(2). The names and qualities of God as the source of all glory (The Great and High, The All-powerful).
(3). The names and attributes of God as all Perfection (The Creator, The Benefactor, The First, The Last).
(3). The names and qualities of God as all Perfection (The Creator, The Benefactor, The First, The Last).
(4). The names and attributes of God as [Pg 160] all Beauty (The Uncreatable, The Painter, The Merciful, The Origin of all). Each of these names and attributes has its own particular effect by which it illuminates the soul of the perfect man and Nature. How these illuminations take place, and how they reach the soul is not explained by Al-Jīlī. His silence about these matters throws into more relief the mystical portion of his views and implies the necessity of spiritual Directorship.
(4). The names and qualities of God as [Pg 160] all Beauty (The Uncreated, The Artist, The Compassionate, The Source of all). Each of these names and qualities has a unique effect that enlightens the soul of the perfect person and Nature. Al-Jīlī doesn’t explain how these enlightenments happen or how they reach the soul. His silence on these topics highlights the mystical aspect of his views and suggests the need for spiritual guidance.
Before considering Al-Jīlī's views of particular Divine Names and Attributes, we should note that his conception of God, implied in the above classification, is very similar to that of Schleiermacher. While the German theologian reduces all the divine attributes to one single attribute of Power, our author sees the danger of advancing a God free from all attributes, yet recognises with Schleiermacher that in Himself God is an unchangeable unity, and that His attributes "are nothing more than views of Him from different human standpoints, the various appearances which the one changeless cause presents to our finite intelligence according as we look at it from [Pg 161] different sides of the spiritual landscape."[161:1] In His absolute existence He is beyond the limitation of names and attributes, but when He externalises Himself, when He leaves His absoluteness, when nature is born, names and attributes appear sealed on her very fabric.
Before looking into Al-Jīlī's ideas about specific Divine Names and Attributes, we should point out that his understanding of God, as indicated in the classification above, closely resembles that of Schleiermacher. While the German theologian reduces all divine attributes to a single attribute of Power, our author sees the risk in promoting a God devoid of all attributes. However, he agrees with Schleiermacher that in Himself, God is an unchanging unity, and that His attributes "are nothing more than views of Him from different human standpoints, the various appearances which the one changeless cause presents to our finite intelligence as we look at it from different sides of the spiritual landscape." In His complete existence, He transcends the limitations of names and attributes, yet when He externalizes Himself, when He steps out of His absoluteness, when nature comes into being, names and attributes become embedded in its very essence.
We now proceed to consider what he teaches about particular Divine Names and Attributes. The first Essential Name is Allāh (Divinity) which means the sum of all the realities of existence with their respective order in that sum. This name is applied to God as the only necessary existence. Divinity being the highest manifestation of Pure Being, the difference between them is that the latter is visible to the eye, but its where is invisible; while the traces of the former are visible, itself is invisible. By the very fact of her being crystallised divinity, Nature is not the real divinity; hence Divinity is invisible, and its traces in the form of Nature are visible to the eye. Divinity, as the author illustrates, is water; nature is crystallised water or ice; but ice is [Pg 162] not water. The Essence is visible to the eye, (another proof of our author's Natural Realism or Absolute Idealism) although all its attributes are not known to us. Even its attributes are not known as they are in themselves, their shadows or effects only are known. For instance, charity itself is unknown, only its effect or the fact of giving to the poor, is known and seen. This is due to the attributes being incorporated in the very nature of the Essence. If the expression of the attributes in its real nature had been possible, its separation from the Essence would have been possible also. But there are some other Essential Names of God—The Absolute Oneness and Simple Oneness. The Absolute Oneness marks the first step of Pure Thought from the darkness of Cecity (the internal or the original Māyā of the Vedānta) to the light of manifestation. Although this movement is not attended with any external manifestations, yet it sums up all of them under its hollow universality. Look at a wall, says the author, you see the whole wall; but you cannot see the individual pieces of the material that contribute to its formation. [Pg 163] The wall is a unity—but a unity which comprehends diversity, so Pure Being is a unity but a unity which is the soul of diversity.
We now move on to discuss what he teaches about specific Divine Names and Attributes. The first Essential Name is Allāh (Divinity), signifying the totality of all realities of existence along with their respective order. This name refers to God as the only necessary existence. Divinity, being the highest form of Pure Being, differs in that the latter is visible to the eye, but its location is not; conversely, while the traces of the former can be seen, it itself is invisible. Because Nature embodies crystallized divinity, it does not represent true divinity; thus, Divinity remains unseen, while its traces in the form of Nature are visible. The author illustrates that Divinity is like water; Nature is like frozen water or ice, but ice is not water. The Essence can be observed (another proof of the author's Natural Realism or Absolute Idealism), even though we don’t know all its attributes. In fact, we do not know its attributes as they are in themselves; we only recognize their shadows or effects. For example, we do not understand charity itself, only the observable action of giving to the poor. This is because the attributes are embedded within the very nature of the Essence. If it had been possible to express the attributes in their true nature, they could also have been separated from the Essence. However, there are other Essential Names of God—The Absolute Oneness and Simple Oneness. The Absolute Oneness represents the first step of Pure Thought emerging from the darkness of Cecity (the internal or original Māyā of the Vedānta) into the light of manifestation. Although this process doesn’t involve any external displays, it encompasses all of them under its expansive universality. The author states that when you look at a wall, you see the entire wall, but you cannot see the individual pieces of material that make it up. The wall represents a unity—but a unity that includes diversity; Pure Being is also a unity, but a unity that embodies the essence of diversity.
The third movement of the Absolute Being is Simple Oneness—a step attended with external manifestation. The Absolute Oneness is free from all particular names and attributes. The Oneness Simple takes on names and attributes, but there is no distinction between these attributes, one is the essence of the other. Divinity is similar to Simple Oneness, but its names and attributes are distinguished from one another and even contradictory, as generous is contradictory to revengeful.[163:1] The third step, or as Hegel would say, Voyage of the Being, [Pg 164] has another appellation (Mercy). The First Mercy, the author says, is the evolution of the Universe from Himself and the manifestation of His own Self in every atom of the result of His own self-diremption. Al-Jīlī makes this point clearer by an instance. He says that nature is frozen water and God is water. The real name of nature is God (Allāh); ice or condensed water is merely a borrowed appellation. Elsewhere he calls water the origin of knowledge, intellect, understanding, thought and idea. This instance leads him to guard against the error of looking upon God as immanent in nature, or running through the sphere of material existence. He says that immanence implies disparity of being; God is not immanent because He is Himself the existence. Eternal existence is the other self of God, it is the light through which He sees Himself. As the originator of an idea is existent in that idea, so God is present in nature. The difference between God and man, as one may say, is that His ideas materialise themselves, ours do not. It will be remembered here that Hegel would use the same line of argument [Pg 165] in freeing himself from the accusation of Pantheism.
The third movement of the Absolute Being is Simple Oneness—a step that involves external manifestation. The Absolute Oneness is free from all specific names and attributes. The Simple Oneness takes on names and attributes, but there is no distinction between these attributes; one is the essence of the other. Divinity is similar to Simple Oneness, but its names and attributes are distinguished from one another and can even be contradictory, like generous and revengeful.[163:1] The third step, or as Hegel would say, the Voyage of Being, [Pg 164] has another name (Mercy). The First Mercy, according to the author, is the evolution of the Universe from Himself and the manifestation of His own Self in every atom of the result of His own self-division. Al-Jīlī clarifies this with an example. He says that nature is frozen water and God is water. The real name of nature is God (Allāh); ice or condensed water is just a borrowed name. Elsewhere he refers to water as the source of knowledge, intellect, understanding, thought, and idea. This example leads him to caution against the mistake of seeing God as present in nature or as part of the material world. He explains that immanence suggests a disparity of being; God is not immanent because He is the very essence of existence. Eternal existence is God's other self, the light through which He perceives Himself. Just as the originator of an idea exists within that idea, God is present in nature. The difference between God and man, it could be said, is that His ideas manifest themselves, while ours do not. It's worth noting here that Hegel would use a similar argument [Pg 165] to defend himself against the accusation of Pantheism.
The attribute of Mercy is closely connected with the attribute of Providence. He defines it as the sum of all that existence stands in need of. Plants are supplied with water through the force of this name. The natural philosopher would express the same thing differently; he would speak of the same phenomena as resulting from the activity of a certain force of nature; Al-Jīlī would call it a manifestation of Providence; but, unlike the natural philosopher, he would not advocate the unknowability of that force. He would say that there is nothing behind it, it is the Absolute Being itself.
The quality of Mercy is closely linked to the quality of Providence. It is defined as everything that existence requires. Plants receive water through the power of this name. A natural philosopher might explain this differently; he would refer to these phenomena as outcomes of a specific natural force. Al-Jīlī would describe it as a display of Providence; however, unlike the natural philosopher, he wouldn't argue that this force is unknowable. He would assert that there is nothing beyond it; it is the Absolute Being itself.
We have now finished all the essential names and attributes of God, and proceed to examine the nature of what existed before all things. The Arabian Prophet, says Al-Jīlī, was once questioned about the place of God before creation. He said that God, before the creation, existed in "‘Amā" (Blindness). It is the nature of this Blindness or primal darkness which we now proceed to examine. The investigation is particularly interesting, because the word translated [Pg 166] into modern phraseology would be "The Unconsciousness". This single word impresses upon us the foresightedness with which he anticipates metaphysical doctrines of modern Germany. He says that the Unconsciousness is the reality of all realities; it is the Pure Being without any descending movement; it is free from the attributes of God and creation; it does not stand in need of any name or quality, because it is beyond the sphere of relation. It is distinguished from the Absolute Oneness because the latter name is applied to the Pure Being in its process of coming down towards manifestation. It should, however, be remembered that when we speak of the priority of God and posteriority of creation, our words must not be understood as implying time; for there can be no duration of time or separateness between God and His creation. Time, continuity in space and time, are themselves creations, and how can piece of creation intervene between God and His creation. Hence our words before, after, where, whence, etc., in this sphere of thought, should not be construed to imply time or space. The real [Pg 167] thing is beyond the grasp of human conceptions; no category of material existence can be applicable to it; because, as Kant would say, the laws of phenomena cannot be spoken of as obtaining in the sphere of noumena.
We have now covered all the essential names and attributes of God and will examine the nature of what existed before everything. The Arabian Prophet, according to Al-Jīlī, was once asked about God's position before creation. He said that before creation, God existed in "‘Amā" (Blindness). We will now explore the nature of this Blindness or primal darkness. This investigation is particularly intriguing because the term translated into modern language would be "The Unconsciousness". This single word highlights the foresight with which he anticipates the metaphysical doctrines of modern Germany. He states that the Unconsciousness is the reality of all realities; it is Pure Being without any descending movement; it is free from the attributes of God and creation; it does not require any name or quality because it exists beyond the realm of relation. It is different from the Absolute Oneness because that term is used for Pure Being as it comes down towards manifestation. However, it should be noted that when we speak of God’s priority and creation’s posteriority, our words should not imply time; there can be no duration of time or separateness between God and His creation. Time, continuity in space and time, are themselves creations, and how can a creation intervene between God and His creation? Thus, our terms like before, after, where, whence, etc., in this context should not be understood to imply time or space. The reality is beyond human understanding; no category of material existence can apply to it because, as Kant would say, the laws of phenomena cannot be said to apply in the realm of noumena.
We have already noticed that man in his progress towards perfection has three stages: the first is the meditation of the name which the author calls the illumination of names. He remarks that "When God illuminates a certain man by the light of His names, the man is destroyed under the dazzling splendour of that name; and "when thou calleth God, the call is responded to by the man". The effect of this illumination would be, in Schopenhauer's language, the destruction of the individual will, yet it must not be confounded with physical death; because the individual goes on living and moving like the spinning wheel, as Kapila would say, after he has become one with Prakriti. It is here that the individual cries out in pantheistic mood:—She was I and I was she and there was none to separate us."[167:1]
We have already noticed that as humans strive for perfection, there are three stages: the first is the contemplation of the name, which the author refers to as the illumination of names. He notes that "When God enlightens a certain person with the light of His names, that person is overwhelmed by the dazzling brilliance of that name; and when you call God, the response comes from the person." The outcome of this illumination, in Schopenhauer's terms, is the annihilation of individual will, but it shouldn't be confused with physical death; because the individual continues to live and move like a spinning wheel, as Kapila would say, after merging with Prakriti. Here, the individual expresses in a pantheistic way:—She was I and I was her and there was no separation between us.[167:1]
The second stage of the spiritual training is what he calls the illumination of the Attribute. This illumination makes the perfect man receive the attributes of God in their real nature in proportion to the power of receptivity possessed by him—a fact which classifies men according to the magnitude of this light resulting from the illumination. Some men receive illumination from the divine attribute of Life, and thus participate in the soul of the Universe. The effect of this light is soaring in the air, walking on water, changing the magnitude of things (as Christ so often did). In this wise the perfect man receives illumination from all the Divine attributes, crosses the sphere of the name and the attribute, and steps into the domain of the Essence—Absolute Existence.
The second stage of spiritual training is what he refers to as the illumination of the Attribute. This illumination enables the ideal person to embody the attributes of God in their true nature, based on the level of receptivity they have—something that categorizes individuals according to the intensity of the light they receive from this illumination. Some people gain illumination from the divine attribute of Life, allowing them to connect with the soul of the Universe. The result of this light is the ability to soar through the air, walk on water, and alter the nature of things (as Christ frequently did). In this way, the perfected individual receives illumination from all Divine attributes, transcends the realm of names and attributes, and enters the domain of the Essence—Absolute Existence.
As we have already seen, the Absolute Being, when it leaves its absoluteness, has three voyages to undergo, each voyage being a process of particularisation of the bare universality of the Absolute Essence. Each of these three movements appears under a new Essential Name which has its own peculiar illuminating effect upon the human soul. Here [Pg 169] is the end of our author's spiritual ethics; man has become perfect, he has amalgamated himself with the Absolute Being, or has learnt what Hegel calls The Absolute Philosophy. "He becomes the paragon of perfection, the object of worship, the preserver of the Universe".[169:1] He is the point where Man-ness and God-ness become one, and result in the birth of the god-man.
As we’ve already discussed, when the Absolute Being steps away from its absoluteness, it goes through three journeys, each journey being a process of defining the pure universality of the Absolute Essence. Each of these three movements appears with a new Essential Name that has its own unique enlightening effect on the human soul. Here [Pg 169] marks the conclusion of our author's spiritual ethics; man has reached perfection, having merged with the Absolute Being, or has learned what Hegel refers to as The Absolute Philosophy. "He becomes the ideal of perfection, the object of worship, the protector of the Universe".[169:1] He is the point where humanity and divinity unite, leading to the emergence of the god-man.
How the perfect man reaches this height of spiritual development, the author does not tell us; but he says that at every stage he has a peculiar experience in which there is not even a trace of doubt or agitation. The instrument of this experience is what he calls the Qalb (heart), a word very difficult of definition. He gives a very mystical diagram of the Qalb, and explains it by saying that it is the eye which sees the names, the attributes and the Absolute Being successively. It owes its existence to a mysterious combination of soul and mind; and becomes by its very nature the organ for the recognition of the ultimate realities of existence. All that the "heart", or [Pg 170] the source of what the Vedānta calls the Higher Knowledge, reveals is not seen by the individual as something separate from and heterogeneous to himself; what is shown to him through this agency is his own reality, his own deep being. This characteristic of the agency differentiates it from the intellect, the object of which is always different and separate from the individual exercising that faculty. But the spiritual experience, according to the Ṣūfīs of this school, is not permanent; moments of spiritual vision, says Matthew Arnold,[170:1] cannot be at our command. The god-man is he who has known the mystery of his own being, who has realised himself as god-man; but when that particular spiritual realisation is over man is man and God is God. Had the experience been permanent, a great moral force would have been lost and society overturned.
How the ideal person reaches this level of spiritual growth isn't explained by the author; however, he mentions that at each stage, there’s a unique experience that’s completely free of doubt or anxiety. The tool for this experience is what he calls the Qalb (heart), a term that’s quite challenging to define. He presents a mystical diagram of the Qalb and clarifies that it's like an eye that perceives the names, attributes, and the Absolute Being one after the other. Its existence comes from a mysterious blend of soul and mind, and it inherently serves as the means to recognize the ultimate truths of existence. Everything that the "heart," or [Pg 170] the source of what the Vedānta refers to as Higher Knowledge, reveals isn't perceived by the individual as something distinct or different from themselves; what is shown through this means is their own reality, their own deep essence. This quality of the means sets it apart from intellect, the focus of which is always separate from the person using that mental faculty. However, as per the Ṣūfīs of this school, spiritual experiences are not permanent; moments of spiritual insight, as Matthew Arnold says,[170:1] can’t simply be summoned at will. The god-man is someone who has understood the mystery of their own existence, who has realized themselves as a god-man; yet when that specific spiritual realization ends, a person is just a person, and God is simply God. If the experience were permanent, a significant moral force would be lost, and society would be disrupted.
Let us now sum up Al-Jīlī's Doctrine of the Trinity. We have seen the three movements of the Absolute Being, or the first three categories of Pure Being; we have also seen [Pg 171] that the third movement is attended with external manifestation, which is the self-diremption of the Essence into God and man. This separation makes a gap which is filled by the perfect man, who shares in both the Divine and the human attributes. He holds that the perfect man is the preserver of the Universe; hence in his view, the appearance of the perfect man is a necessary condition for the continuation of nature. It is easy, therefore, to understand that in the god-man, the Absolute Being which has left its absoluteness, returns into itself; and, but for the god-man, it could not have done so; for then there would have been no nature, and consequently no light through which God could have seen Himself. The light through the agency of which God sees Himself is due to the principle of difference in the nature of the Absolute Being itself. He recognises this principle in the following verses:—
Let’s summarize Al-Jīlī's Doctrine of the Trinity. We’ve explored the three movements of the Absolute Being, or the first three categories of Pure Being; we’ve also noted that the third movement involves an external manifestation, which is the self-diremption of the Essence into God and man. This separation creates a gap that is filled by the perfect man, who embodies both divine and human qualities. He believes that the perfect man is the maintainer of the Universe; thus, in his perspective, the existence of the perfect man is essential for the continuation of nature. It’s clear that in the god-man, the Absolute Being, having moved away from its absolute state, returns to itself; and without the god-man, this wouldn’t be possible; otherwise, there would be no nature, and consequently, no light through which God could perceive Himself. The light that enables God to see Himself arises from the principle of difference inherent in the nature of the Absolute Being itself. He acknowledges this principle in the following verses:—
The perfect man, then, is the joining link. On the one hand he receives illumination from all the Essential names, on the other hand all Divine attributes reappear in him. These attributes are:—
The perfect man, then, is the connecting link. On one side, he gains insight from all the Essential names, while on the other side, all Divine attributes manifest in him. These attributes are:—
1. Independent life or existence.
Independent living.
2. Knowledge which is a form of life, as he proves from a verse from the Qur’an.
2. Knowledge, which is a way of living, as he demonstrates with a verse from the Qur'an.
3. Will—the principle of particularisation, or the manifestation of Being. He defines it as the illumination of the knowledge of God according to the requirements of the Essence; hence it is a particular form of knowledge. It has nine manifestations, all of which are different names for love; the last is the love in which the lover and the beloved, the knower and the known merge into each other, and become identical. This form of love, he says, is the Absolute Essence; as Christianity teaches, God is love. He guards, here, against the error of looking upon the individual act of will as uncaused. Only the act of the universal will is uncaused; hence he implies the Hegelian Doctrine of Freedom, and holds that the acts of man are both free and determined. [Pg 173]
3. Will—the principle of particularization, or the expression of Being. He defines it as the insight into the knowledge of God based on the needs of the Essence; therefore, it is a specific form of knowledge. It has nine expressions, all of which are different names for love; the last one is the love where the lover and the beloved, the knower and the known merge into one, becoming identical. This form of love, he says, is the Absolute Essence; as Christianity teaches, God is love. He warns against the mistake of viewing the individual act of will as uncaused. Only the act of the universal will is uncaused; thus, he implies the Hegelian Doctrine of Freedom and argues that human actions are both free and determined. [Pg 173]
4. Power, which expresses itself in self-diremption i.e. creation. He controverts Shaikh Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī's position that the Universe existed before the creation in the knowledge of God. He says, this would imply that God did not create it out of nothing, and holds that the Universe, before its existence as an idea, existed in the self of God.
4. Power, which shows itself in self-direction, i.e., creation. He challenges Shaikh Muḥy al-Dīn ibn ‘Arabī's view that the Universe existed before creation in God's knowledge. He argues that this would mean God didn't create it out of nothing and believes that the Universe, before it existed as an idea, existed within the essence of God.
5. The word or the reflected being. Every possibility is the word of God; hence nature is the materialisation of the word of God. It has different names—The tangible word, The sum of the realities of man, The arrangement of the Divinity, The spread of Oneness, The expression of the Unknown, The phases of Beauty, The trace of names and attributes, and the object of God's knowledge.
5. The word or the reflected being. Every possibility is the word of God; therefore, nature is the manifestation of the word of God. It has different names—The tangible word, The sum of the realities of humanity, The arrangement of the Divine, The spread of Oneness, The expression of the Unknown, The phases of Beauty, The trace of names and attributes, and the object of God's knowledge.
6. The Power of hearing the inaudible.
6. The Power of hearing the unhearable.
7. The Power of seeing the invisible.
7. The Power of Seeing the Invisible.
8. Beauty—that which seems least beautiful in nature (the reflected beauty) is in its real existence, beauty. Evil is only relative, it has no real existence; sin is merely a relative deformity.
8. Beauty—what seems least beautiful in nature (the reflected beauty) is, in its true essence, beauty. Evil is only relative; it doesn't have real existence; sin is simply a relative distortion.
10. Perfection, which is the unknowable essence of God and therefore Unlimited and Infinite.
10. Perfection, which is the unknowable essence of God and therefore limitless and infinite.
FOOTNOTES:
[102:1] "Tidings have reached us that Valerian has been defeated, and is now in the hands of Sapor. The threats of Franks and Allemanni, of Goths and Persians, are alike terrible by turns to our degenerate Rome." (Plotinus to Flaccus; quoted by Vaughan in his Half hours with Mystics, p. 63.)
[102:1] "We've heard that Valerian has been defeated and is now in Sapor's control. The threats from the Franks, Allemanni, Goths, and Persians are all equally terrifying to our weak Rome." (Plotinus to Flaccus; quoted by Vaughan in his Half hours with Mystics, p. 63.)
[103:1] The element of ecstacy which could have appealed to some minds was thrown into the background by the later teachers of Neo-Platonism, so that it became a mere system of thought having no human interest. Says Whittaker:—"The mystical ecstacy was not found by the later teachers of the school easier to attain, but more difficult; and the tendency became more and more to regard it as all but unattainable on earth." Neo-Platonism, p. 101.
[103:1] The element of ecstasy that might have attracted some people was pushed into the background by later Neo-Platonist teachers, turning it into a mere system of thought lacking any human relevance. Whittaker says: "The mystical ecstasy was not seen as easier to achieve by the later teachers of the school, but rather more difficult; and the tendency increasingly was to view it as almost impossible to attain on earth." Neo-Platonism, p. 101.
[107:1] Sura 2, v. 146.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 2, verse 146.
[108:1] Sura 2, v. 2.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 2, verse 2.
[108:3] Sura 50, v. 15.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 50, verse 15.
[108:4] Sura 24, v. 35.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 24, verse 35.
[108:5] Sura 42, v. 9.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 42, verse 9.
[109:1] Sura 17; v. 87.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 17; verse 87.
[109:2] Sura 88; v. 20.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Surah 88; verse 20.
[110:1] Sura 16; v. 92.
Sura 16; v. 92.
[110:2] Weber makes the following statement on the authority of Lassen:—"Al-Birūnī translated Patañjalī's work into Arabic at the beginning of the 11th century, and also, it would appear, the Sānkhya sūtra, though the information we have as to the contents of these works does not harmonise with the Sanskrit originals." History of Indian Literature, p. 239.
[110:2] Weber states on Lassen's authority: "Al-Birūnī translated Patañjalī's work into Arabic at the start of the 11th century, and it seems he also translated the Sānkhya sūtra, although the details we have about these works don't match the Sanskrit originals." History of Indian Literature, p. 239.
[114:2] As regards the progress of Buddhism Geiger says:—"We know that in the period after Alexander, Buddhism was powerful in Eastern Iran, and that it counted its confessors as far as Tabaristan. It is especially certain that many Buddhistic priests were found in Bactria. This state of things, which began perhaps in the first century before Christ, lasted till the 7th century A.D., when the appearance of Islamism alone cut short the development of Buddhism in Kabul and Bactria, and it is in that period that we will have to place the rise of the Zarathushtra legend in the form in which it is presented to us by Daqīqī."
[114:2] When it comes to the spread of Buddhism, Geiger states:—"We know that after Alexander's time, Buddhism was strong in Eastern Iran and had followers even as far as Tabaristan. It's particularly clear that many Buddhist priests were present in Bactria. This situation, which likely began around the first century B.C., continued until the 7th century A.D., when the rise of Islam put an end to the growth of Buddhism in Kabul and Bactria. It is during this time that we need to consider the emergence of the Zarathushtra legend in the form presented to us by Daqīqī."
Civilisation of Eastern Iranians Vol. II, p. 170.
Civilization of Eastern Iranians Vol. II, p. 170.
[115:1] Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 8b.
[115:2] Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 10b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 10b.
[115:3] Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 23b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: p. 23b.
[116:1] Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 3b.
[116:2] Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 15b.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Nasafī's Maqṣadi Aqṣā: fol. 15b.
[118:1] Whittaker's Neo-Platonism, p. 58.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Whittaker's Neo-Platonism, p. 58.
[118:2] Whittaker's Neo-Platonism, p. 57.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Whittaker's Neo-Platonism, p. 57.
[119:1] Dabistān, Chap: 8.
[122:1] Vol. I, p. 367.
[131:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 11b.
[137:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 34a.
[142:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 57b.
[142:2] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 60b.
[145:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 92b.
[147:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 82.
[147:2] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 87b.
[148:1] Sharh Anwāriyya fol. 81b.
[150:1] Maqsadi Aqsā; fol. 21a.
[150:2] Maqsadi Aqsā; fol. 21a.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Maqsadi Aqsā; fol. 21a.
[163:1] This would seem very much like the idea of the phenomenal Brahma of the Vedānta. The Personal Creator or the Prajāpati of the Vedānta makes the third step of the Absolute Being or the Noumenal Brahma. Al-Jīlī seems to admit two kinds of Brahma—with or without qualities like the Śamkara and Bādarayana. To him the process of creation is essentially a lowering of the Absolute Thought, which is Asat, in so far as it is absolute, and Sat, in so far as it is manifested and hence limited. Notwithstanding this Absolute Monism, he inclines to a view similar to that of Rāmānuja. He seems to admit the reality of the individual soul and seems to imply, unlike Śamkara, that Īśwara and His worship are necessary even after the attainment of the Higher Knowledge.
[163:1] This closely resembles the concept of the phenomenal Brahma in Vedānta. The Personal Creator, or Prajāpati, of Vedānta represents the third aspect of the Absolute Being or Noumenal Brahma. Al-Jīlī appears to acknowledge two types of Brahma—those with or without qualities, like Śamkara and Bādarayana. For him, the process of creation is essentially a reduction of the Absolute Thought, which is Asat in its absolute form and Sat in its manifested and hence limited form. Despite this Absolute Monism, he seems to lean towards a view similar to Rāmānuja's. He appears to accept the reality of the individual soul and suggests, unlike Śamkara, that Īśwara and His worship are essential even after reaching Higher Knowledge.
CHAP. 6.
Later Persian Philosophy.
Under the rude Tartar invaders of Persia, who could have no sympathy with independent thought, there could be no progress of ideas. Ṣūfīism, owing to its association with religion, went on systematising old and evolving new ideas. But philosophy proper was distasteful to the Tartar. Even the development of Islamic law suffered a check; since the Ḥanafite law was the acme of human reason to the Tartar, and further subtleties of legal interpretation were disagreeable to his brain. Old schools of thought lost their solidarity, and many thinkers left their native country to find more favourable conditions elsewhere. In the 16th century we find Persian Aristotelians—Dastūr Isfahānī, Hīr Bud, Munīr, and Kāmrān—travelling in India, where the Emperor Akbar was drawing upon Zoroastrianism to form a new faith for [Pg 175] himself and his courtiers, who were mostly Persians. No great thinker, however, appeared in Persia until the 17th century, when the acute Mulla Ṣadra of Shīrāz upheld his philosophical system with all the vigour of his powerful logic. With Mulla Ṣadra Reality is all things yet is none of them, and true knowledge consists in the identity of the subject and the object. De Gobineau thinks that the philosophy of Ṣadra is a mere revival of Avicennaism. He, however, ignores the fact that Mulla Ṣadra's doctrine of the identity of subject and object constitutes the final step which the Persian intellect took towards complete monism. It is moreover the Philosophy of Ṣadra which is the source of the metaphysics of early Bābism.
Under the harsh Tartar invaders of Persia, who had no appreciation for independent thought, progress of ideas was impossible. Ṣūfīism, because it was tied to religion, continued to systematize old ideas and develop new ones. But traditional philosophy was unappealing to the Tartar. The advancement of Islamic law also faced setbacks; the Ḥanafite law was seen as the peak of human reasoning by the Tartar, and further complexities in legal interpretation were too much for him to grasp. Old schools of thought lost their unity, prompting many thinkers to leave their homeland in search of better opportunities elsewhere. In the 16th century, we see Persian Aristotelians—Dastūr Isfahānī, Hīr Bud, Munīr, and Kāmrān—traveling to India, where Emperor Akbar was incorporating Zoroastrianism to create a new faith for himself and his mostly Persian courtiers. However, no significant thinker emerged in Persia until the 17th century, when the sharp-minded Mulla Ṣadra of Shīrāz passionately defended his philosophical system with robust logic. For Mulla Ṣadra, Reality encompasses everything yet is none of those things, and true knowledge exists in the identity of the subject and the object. De Gobineau argues that Ṣadra's philosophy is simply a revival of Avicenna's ideas. However, he overlooks the fact that Mulla Ṣadra's doctrine of the identity of subject and object represents the final step that the Persian intellect took toward complete monism. Furthermore, it is Ṣadra's philosophy that is the foundation of the metaphysics of early Bābism.
But the movement towards Platonism is best illustrated in Mulla Hādī of Sabzwār who flourished in the 18th century, and is believed by his countrymen to be the greatest of modern Persian thinkers. As a specimen of comparatively recent Persian speculation, I may briefly notice here the views of this great thinker, as set forth in his Asrār al-Ḥikam [Pg 176] (published in Persia). A glance at his philosophical teaching reveals three fundamental conceptions which are indissolubly associated with the Post-Islamic Persian thought:—
But the shift towards Platonism is best shown in Mulla Hādī of Sabzwār, who thrived in the 18th century and is regarded by his fellow countrymen as the greatest of modern Persian thinkers. As an example of relatively recent Persian speculation, I will briefly mention the ideas of this great thinker as presented in his Asrār al-Ḥikam [Pg 176] (published in Persia). A look at his philosophical teachings shows three fundamental concepts that are inseparably linked to Post-Islamic Persian thought:—
1. The idea of the Absolute Unity of the Real which is described as "Light".
1. The concept of the Absolute Unity of the Real is referred to as "Light."
2. The idea of evolution which is dimly visible in Zoroaster's doctrine of the destiny of the human soul, and receives further expansion and systematisation by Persian Neo-Platonists and Ṣūfī thinkers.
2. The concept of evolution, which is vaguely present in Zoroaster's beliefs about the fate of the human soul, is further developed and organized by Persian Neo-Platonists and Sufi thinkers.
3. The idea of a medium between the Absolute Real and the Not-real.
3. The concept of a middle ground between the Absolute Real and the Not-real.
It is highly interesting to note how the Persian mind gradually got rid of the Emanation theory of Neo-Platonism, and reached a purer notion of Plato's Philosophy. The Arab Muhammadans of Spain, by a similar process of elimination reached, through the same medium (Neo-Platonism) a truer conception of the Philosophy of Aristotle—a fact which illustrates the genius of the two races. Lewes in his Biographical History of Philosophy remarks that the Arabs eagerly took up the study of Aristotle simply because Plato was [Pg 177] not presented to them. I am, however, inclined to think that the Arab genius was thoroughly practical; hence Plato's philosophy would have been distasteful to them even if it had been presented in its true light. Of the systems of Greek philosophy Neo-Platonism, I believe, was the only one which was presented in its completeness to the Muslim world; yet patient critical research led the Arab from Plotinus to Aristotle, and the Persian to Plato. This is singularly illustrated in the Philosophy of Mulla Hādī, who recognises no Emanations, and approaches the Platonic conception of the Real. He illustrates, moreover, how philosophical speculation in Persia, as in all countries where Physical science either does not exist or is not studied, is finally absorbed by religion. The "Essence", i.e. the metaphysical cause as distinguished from the scientific cause, which means the sum of antecedent conditions, must gradually be transformed into "Personal Will" (cause, in a religious sense) in the absence of any other notion of cause. And this is perhaps the deeper reason why Persian philosophies have always ended in religion. [Pg 178]
It’s quite fascinating to see how the Persian intellect gradually moved away from the Emanation theory of Neo-Platonism and embraced a clearer understanding of Plato's Philosophy. The Arab Muslims in Spain, through a similar process of elimination, arrived at a more accurate interpretation of Aristotle's Philosophy, also via Neo-Platonism. This highlights the unique capabilities of both cultures. Lewes, in his Biographical History of Philosophy, notes that the Arabs eagerly engaged in the study of Aristotle simply because they weren't introduced to Plato. However, I believe that the Arab intellect was fundamentally practical, so Plato's philosophy might have been unappealing to them even if it had been presented appropriately. Among the Greek philosophical systems, Neo-Platonism seems to be the only one that was fully introduced to the Muslim world; yet, careful critical research led the Arab thinkers from Plotinus to Aristotle and the Persian thinkers to Plato. This is notably reflected in the Philosophy of Mulla Hādī, who rejects any idea of Emanations and aligns more closely with the Platonic view of the Real. He further shows how philosophical thought in Persia, like in all regions where physical science is either nonexistent or not pursued, ultimately becomes intertwined with religion. The "Essence," which refers to the metaphysical cause as opposed to the scientific cause, meaning the totality of prior conditions, must eventually shift to "Personal Will" (in a religious context) when no other concept of cause is available. This may be a deeper explanation for why Persian philosophies have consistently culminated in religion.
Let us now turn to Mulla Hādī's system of thought. He teaches that Reason has two aspects:—(a) Theoretical, the object of which is Philosophy and Mathematics, (b) Practical, the object of which is Domestic Economy, Politics, etc. Philosophy proper comprises the knowledge of the beginning of things, the end of things, and the knowledge of the Self. It also includes the knowledge of the law of God—which is identical with religion. In order to understand the origin of things, we should subject to a searching analysis the various phenomena of the Universe. Such an analysis reveals that there are three original principles.[178:1]
Let’s now look at Mulla Hādī's system of thought. He argues that Reason has two sides: (a) Theoretical, which focuses on Philosophy and Mathematics, and (b) Practical, which concerns Domestic Economy, Politics, etc. Proper Philosophy includes understanding the origins of things, their purposes, and knowledge of the Self. It also encompasses understanding God's law, which is the same as religion. To grasp the origins of things, we need to thoroughly analyze the different phenomena of the Universe. This analysis shows that there are three fundamental principles.[178:1]
(1). The Real—Light.
The Real—Light.
(2). The Shadow.
The Shadow.
(3). The not-Real—Darkness.
The fake—Darkness.
The Real is absolute, and necessary as distinguished from the "Shadow", which is relative and contingent. In its nature it is absolutely good; and the proposition that it is good, is self-evident.[178:2] All forms of potential [Pg 179] existence, before they are actualised by the Real, are open to both existence or non-existence, and the possibilities of their existence or non-existence are exactly equal. It, therefore, follows that the Real which actualises the potential is not itself non-existence; since non-existence operating on non-existence cannot produce actuality.[179:1] Mulla Hādī, in his conception of the Real as the operator, modifies Plato's statical conception of the Universe, and, following Aristotle, looks upon his Real as the immovable source and the object of all motion. "All things in the Universe," he says, "love perfection, and are moving towards their final ends—minerals towards vegetables, vegetables towards animals, and animals towards man. And observe how man passes through all these stages in the mother's womb."[179:2] The mover as mover is either the source or the object of motion or both. In any case the mover must be either movable or immovable. The proposition that all movers must be themselves movable, leads to infinite regress—which [Pg 180] must stop at the immovable mover, the source and the final object of all motion. The Real, moreover, is a pure unity; for if there is a plurality of Reals, one would limit the other. The Real as creator also cannot be conceived as more than one; since a plurality of creators would mean a plurality of worlds which must be circular touching one another, and this again implies vacuum which is impossible.[180:1] Regarded as an essence, therefore, the Real is one. But it is also many, from a different standpoint. It is life, power, love; though we cannot say that these qualities inhere in it—they are it, and it is them. Unity does not mean oneness, its essence consists in the "dropping of all relations." Unlike the Ṣūfīs and other thinkers, Mulla Hādī holds and tries to show that belief in multiplicity is not inconsistent with belief in unity; since the visible "many" is nothing more than a manifestation of the names and attributes of the Real. These attributes are the various forms of a "Knowledge" which constitutes the [Pg 181] very essence of the Real. To speak, however, of the attributes of the Real is only a verbal convenience; since "defining the Real is applying the category of number to it"—an absurd process which endeavours to bring the unrelated into the sphere of the related. The Universe, with all its variety, is the shadow of the various names and attributes of the Real or the Absolute Light. It is Reality unfolded, the "Be", or the word of Light.[181:1] Visible multiplicity is the illumination of Darkness, or the actualisation of Nothing. Things are different because we see them, as it were, through glasses of different colours—the Ideas. In this connection Hādī approvingly quotes the poet Jāmī who has given the most beautiful poetic expression to Plato's Doctrine of Ideas in verses which can be thus translated:—
The Real is absolute and necessary, unlike the "Shadow," which is relative and dependent. Its nature is entirely good, and the idea that it is good is self-evident.[178:2] All forms of potential existence, before they become actualized by the Real, can either exist or not exist, and the chances of their existence or non-existence are exactly equal. Thus, it follows that the Real, which brings the potential into reality, cannot itself be non-existence; since non-existence acting on non-existence cannot create actuality.[179:1] Mulla Hādī, in his view of the Real as the operator, alters Plato's static view of the Universe, and, following Aristotle, sees his Real as the unchanging source and the goal of all motion. "Everything in the Universe," he states, "seeks perfection and is moving towards its ultimate ends—minerals towards plants, plants towards animals, and animals towards humans. And notice how a person goes through all these stages in the womb."[179:2] The mover, in its role as mover, is either the source or the target of motion, or both. Regardless, the mover must be either movable or immovable. The idea that all movers must be movable leads to endless regress—which must end with the immovable mover, the source and ultimate goal of all motion. Additionally, the Real is a pure unity; if there were multiple Reals, one would limit the other. The Real as creator also cannot be imagined as more than one; since having multiple creators would imply multiple worlds that must be circular and touching each other, which in turn suggests a vacuum, something that is impossible.[180:1] Thus, viewed as an essence, the Real is one. However, it can also be seen as many from a different perspective. It embodies life, power, love; though we cannot say these qualities exist in it—they are it, and it is them. Unity does not imply singularity, its essence lies in the "removal of all relations." Unlike the Ṣūfīs and other philosophers, Mulla Hādī asserts and tries to demonstrate that belief in multiplicity is compatible with belief in unity; since the visible "many" is merely a manifestation of the names and attributes of the Real. These attributes are the different forms of a "Knowledge" that constitutes the [Pg 181]very essence of the Real. However, talking about the attributes of the Real is just a verbal convenience; as "defining the Real is applying the concept of number to it"—a nonsensical act that attempts to bring the unrelated into the realm of the related. The Universe, with all its diversity, is the shadow of the various names and attributes of the Real or the Absolute Light. It is Reality revealed, the "Be," or the word of Light.[181:1] Visible multiplicity is the illumination of Darkness, or the realization of Nothing. Things are different because we perceive them, so to speak, through colored lenses—these Ideas. In this context, Hādī quotes the poet Jāmī, who has beautifully expressed Plato's Doctrine of Ideas in verses that can be translated as follows:—
"The ideas are glasses of various colours in which the Sun of Reality reflects itself, and makes itself visible through them according as they are red, yellow or blue."[181:2]
"The ideas are glasses of different colors through which the Sun of Reality reflects and becomes visible, depending on whether they are red, yellow, or blue."[181:2]
In his Psychology he mostly follows Avicenna, but his treatment of the subject is more thorough and systematic. He classifies the soul in the following manner:—
In his Psychology, he mostly follows Avicenna, but his approach to the topic is more thorough and organized. He categorizes the soul in this way:—
The Soul | |||||||
Heavenly | Earthly | ||||||
Human | Animal | Vegetative | |||||
Powers:— | |||||||
1. Preserving the individual. | |||||||
2. Perfecting the individual. | |||||||
3. Perpetuating the species. |
The animal soul has three powers:—
The animal soul has three abilities:—
1. External senses | Perception. | |
2. Internal senses | ||
3. Power of motion which includes. | ||
(a) Voluntary motion. | ||
(b) Involuntary motion. |
The external senses are taste, touch, smell, hearing and sight. The sound exists outside the ear, and not inside as some thinkers have held. For if it does not exist outside the ear, it is not possible to perceive its direction and distance. Hearing and sight are superior to other senses, and sight is superior to hearing; since: [Pg 183]—
The external senses are taste, touch, smell, hearing, and sight. Sound exists outside the ear, not inside as some philosophers have suggested. If it doesn’t exist outside the ear, it’s impossible to detect its direction and distance. Hearing and sight are better than the other senses, and sight is superior to hearing; since: [Pg 183]—
I. The eye can perceive distant things.
I. The eye can see things that are far away.
II. Its perception is light, which is the best of all attributes.
II. Its perception is light, which is the best of all qualities.
III. The construction of the eye is more complicated and delicate than that of the ear.
III. The structure of the eye is more complex and delicate than that of the ear.
IV. The perceptions of sight are things which actually exist, while those of hearing resemble non-existence.
IV. What we see are things that actually exist, while what we hear often feels like it doesn’t exist.
The internal senses are as follow:—
The internal senses are as follows:—
(1). The Common Sense—the tablet of the mind. It is like the Prime Minister of the mind sending out five spies (external senses) to bring in news from the external world. When we say "this white thing is sweet", we perceive whiteness and sweetness by sight and taste respectively, but that both the attributes exist in the same thing is decided by the Common Sense. The line made by a falling drop, so far as the eye is concerned, is nothing but the drop. But what is the line which we see? To account for such a phenomenon, says Hādī, it is necessary to postulate another sense which perceives the lengthening of the falling drop into a line. [Pg 184]
(1). The Common Sense—the brain's main control. It acts like the Prime Minister of the mind, sending out five spies (our senses) to gather information from the outside world. When we say "this white thing is sweet," we recognize whiteness and sweetness through sight and taste, but it’s the Common Sense that determines both qualities are in the same object. The line created by a falling drop, as far as our eyes are concerned, is just the drop itself. But what is the line we see? To explain this phenomenon, Hādī suggests we need to consider another sense that perceives the drop's extension into a line. [Pg 184]
(2). The faculty which preserves the perceptions of the Common Sense—images and not ideas like the memory. The judgment that whiteness and sweetness exist in the same thing is completed by this faculty; since, if it does not preserve the image of the subject, Common Sense cannot perceive the predicate.
(2). The ability that retains the perceptions of Common Sense—images and not ideas like memory. This ability completes the judgment that whiteness and sweetness can exist in the same thing; because, if it doesn't hold onto the image of the subject, Common Sense cannot recognize the predicate.
(3). The power which perceives individual ideas. The sheep thinks of the enmity of the wolf, and runs away from him. Some forms of life lack this power, e.g. the moth which hurls itself against the candle-flame.
(3). The ability to perceive individual ideas. The sheep is aware of the wolf's threat and runs away from it. Some forms of life lack this ability, such as the moth that blindly flies into the candle flame.
(4). Memory—the preserver of ideas.
Memory—the keeper of ideas.
(5). The power of combining images and ideas, e.g. the winged man. When this faculty works under the guidance of the power which perceives individual ideas, it is called Imagination; when it works under the control of Intellect, it is called Conception.
(5). The ability to combine images and ideas, like the winged man. When this skill operates under the influence of the ability to perceive individual ideas, it’s known as Imagination; when it operates under the guidance of Intellect, it’s referred to as Conception.
But it is the spirit which distinguishes man from other animals. This essence of humanity is a "unity", not oneness. It perceives the Universal by itself, and the particular through the external and the internal senses. It is the shadow of the Absolute Light, and like it [Pg 185] manifests itself in various ways—comprehending multiplicity in its unity. There is no necessary relation between the spirit and the body. The former is non-temporal and non-spatial; hence it is changeless, and has the power of judging the visible multiplicity. In sleep the spirit uses the "ideal body" which functions like the physical body; in waking life it uses the ordinary physical body. It follows, therefore, that the spirit stands in need of neither, and uses both at will. Hādī does not follow Plato in his doctrine of transmigration, the different forms of which he refutes at length. The spirit to him is immortal, and reaches its original home—Absolute Light—by the gradual perfection of its faculties. The various stages of the development of reason are as follows:—
But it’s the spirit that sets humans apart from other animals. This core of humanity is a "unity," not just oneness. It understands the Universal on its own and the specific through both external and internal senses. It is a reflection of the Absolute Light, and like it, [Pg 185] it shows itself in different ways—understanding diversity within its unity. There is no necessary connection between the spirit and the body. The spirit is not bound by time or space; therefore, it is unchanging and can evaluate what is visibly diverse. In sleep, the spirit uses the "ideal body," which operates like the physical body; in waking life, it uses the regular physical body. This means that the spirit doesn’t depend on either and can use both as it chooses. Hādī doesn’t follow Plato’s ideas on reincarnation, which he extensively critiques. To him, the spirit is immortal and returns to its original place—Absolute Light—through the gradual improvement of its abilities. The various stages of the development of reason are as follows:—
A. Theoretical or Pure Reason—
1st Potential Reason.
2nd Perception of self-evident propositions.
3rd Actual Reason.
4th Perception of Universal concepts.
B. Practical Reason—
[Pg 186]
1st External Purification.
2nd Internal Purification.
3rd Formation of virtuous habits.
4th Union with God.
A. Theoretical or Pure Reason—
1st Potential Reason.
2nd Awareness of obvious truths.
3rd Actual Reason.
4th Awareness of Universal concepts.
B. Practical Reason—
[Pg 186]
1st External Purification.
2nd Internal Purification.
3rd Development of good habits.
4th Union with God.
Thus the spirit rises higher and higher in the scale of being, and finally shares in the eternity of the Absolute Light by losing itself in its universality. "In itself non-existent, but existent in the eternal Friend: how wonderful that it is and is not at the same time". But is the spirit free to choose its course? Hādī criticises the Rationalists for their setting up man as an independent creator of evil, and accuses them of what he calls "veiled dualism". He holds that every object has two sides—"bright" side, and "dark" side. Things are combinations of light and darkness. All good flows from the side of light; evil proceeds from darkness. Man, therefore, is both free and determined.
Thus the spirit rises higher and higher in the scale of being and ultimately shares in the eternity of the Absolute Light by losing itself in its universality. "In itself non-existent, but existent in the eternal Friend: how amazing that it is and is not at the same time." But is the spirit free to choose its path? Hādī criticizes the Rationalists for portraying man as an independent creator of evil and accuses them of what he terms "veiled dualism." He believes that every object has two sides—a "bright" side and a "dark" side. Things are combinations of light and darkness. All good comes from the side of light; evil arises from darkness. Therefore, man is both free and determined.
But all the various lines of Persian thought once more find a synthesis in that great religious movement of Modern Persia—Bābism or Bahāism, which began as a Shī‘ah sect, with Mirzā ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb of Shīrāz (b. 1820), and became less and less Islamic [Pg 187] in character with the progress of orthodox persecutions. The origin of the philosophy of this wonderful sect must be sought in the Shī‘ah sect of the Shaikhīs, the founder of which, Shaikh Aḥmad, was an enthusiastic student of Mulla Ṣadrā's Philosophy, on which he had written several commentaries. This sect differed from the ordinary Shī‘ahs in holding that belief in an ever present Medium between the absent Imām (the 12th Head of the Church, whose manifestation is anxiously expected by the Shī‘ahs), and the church is a fundamental principle of the Shī‘ah religion. Shaikh Aḥmad claimed to be such a Medium; and when, after the death of the second Shaikhī Medium—Ḥājī Kāzim, the Shaikhīs were anxiously expecting the manifestation of the new Medium, Mirzā ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb, who had attended the lectures of Ḥājī Kāzim at Karbalā, proclaimed himself the expected Medium, and many Shaikhīs accepted him.
But all the different strands of Persian thought find a new unity in the major religious movement of Modern Persia—Bābism or Bahāism, which started as a Shī‘ah sect with Mirzā ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb from Shīrāz (born 1820) and became increasingly less Islamic as orthodox persecutions progressed. The roots of the philosophy of this remarkable sect can be traced back to the Shī‘ah sect of the Shaikhīs, founded by Shaikh Aḥmad, who was an eager student of Mulla Ṣadrā's Philosophy and had written several commentaries on it. This sect differed from regular Shī‘ahs by believing that faith in a constant Medium between the absent Imām (the 12th Head of the Church, whose return is eagerly awaited by the Shī‘ahs) and the religious community is a key principle of the Shī‘ah religion. Shaikh Aḥmad claimed to be such a Medium; and after the death of the second Shaikhī Medium—Ḥājī Kāzim, the Shaikhīs were eagerly waiting for the appearance of the new Medium. Mirzā ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb, who had attended Ḥājī Kāzim's lectures in Karbalā, declared himself to be the awaited Medium, and many Shaikhīs accepted him.
The young Persian seer looks upon Reality as an essence which brooks no distinction of substance and attribute. The first bounty or self-expansion of the Ultimate Essence, he [Pg 188] says, is Existence. "Existence" is the "known", the "known" is the essence of "knowledge"; "knowledge" is "will"; and "will" is "love". Thus from Mulla Ṣadrā's identity of the known and the knower, he passes to his conception of the Real as Will and Love. This Primal Love, which he regards as the essence of the Real, is the cause of the manifestation of the Universe which is nothing more than the self-expansion of Love. The word creation, with him, does not mean creation out of nothing; since, as the Shaikhīs maintain, the word creator is not peculiarly applicable to God alone. The Quranic verse, that "God is the best of creators",[188:1] implies that there are other self-manifesting beings like God.
The young Persian seer views Reality as an essence that doesn't allow for a distinction between substance and attribute. He states that the first gift or self-expansion of the Ultimate Essence is Existence. "Existence" is the "known," the "known" is the essence of "knowledge"; "knowledge" is "will"; and "will" is "love." Thus, from Mulla Ṣadrā's idea of the known and the knower being identical, he moves to his understanding of the Real as Will and Love. This Primordial Love, which he sees as the essence of the Real, is what causes the manifestation of the Universe, which is simply the self-expansion of Love. For him, the word creation doesn't imply creating something from nothing; as the Shaikhīs argue, the term creator isn't solely applicable to God. The Quranic verse stating that "God is the best of creators," implies that there are other self-manifesting beings, similar to God.
After the execution of ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb, Bahāullāh, one of his principal disciples who were collectively called "The First Unity", took up the mission, and proclaimed himself the originator of the new dispensation, the absent Imām whose manifestation the Bāb had foretold. He freed the doctrine of his master [Pg 189] from its literalistic mysticism, and presented it in a more perfected and systematised form. The Absolute Reality, according to him, is not a person; it is an eternal living Essence, to which we apply the epithets Truth and Love only because these are the highest conceptions known to us. The Living Essence manifests itself through the Univere with the object of creating in itself atoms or centres of consciousness, which as Dr. McTaggart would say, constitute a further determination of the Hegelian Absolute. In each of these undifferentiated, simple centres of consciousness, there is hidden a ray of the Absolute Light itself, and the perfection of the spirit consists in gradually actualising, by contact with the individualising principle—matter, its emotional and intellectual possibilities, and thus discovering its own deep being—the ray of eternal Love which is concealed by its union with consciousness. The essence of man, therefore, is not reason or consciousness; it is this ray of Love—the source of all impulse to noble and unselfish action, which constitutes the real man. The influence of Mulla Ṣadrā's doctrine [Pg 190] of the incorporeality of Imagination is here apparent. Reason, which stands higher than Imagination in the scale of evolution, is not a necessary condition, according to Mulla Ṣadrā, of immortality. In all forms of life there is an immortal spiritual part, the ray of Eternal Love, which has no necessary connection with self-consciousness or reason, and survives after the death of the body. Salvation, then, which to Buddha consists in the starving out of the mind-atoms by extinguishing desire, to Bahāullāh lies in the discovery of the essence of love which is hidden in the atoms of consciousness themselves.[190:1] Both, however, agree that after death thoughts and characters of men remain, subject to other forces of a similar character, in the spiritual world, waiting for another opportunity to find a suitable physical accompaniment in order to continue the process of discovery (Bahāullāh) or destruction (Buddha). To Bahāullāh the conception of Love is higher than the conception of Will. Schopenhauer conceived reality as Will which was driven to [Pg 191] objectification by a sinful bent eternally existing in its nature. Love or Will, according to both, is present in every atom of life; but the cause of its being there is the joy of self-expansion in the one case, and the inexplicable evil inclination in the other. But Schopenhauer postulates certain temporal ideas in order to account for the objectification of the Primordial Will; Bahāullāh, as far as I can see, does not explain the principle according to which the self-manifestation of the Eternal Love is realised in the Universe.
After the execution of ‘Alī Muḥammad Bāb, Bahá'u'lláh, one of his main disciples known collectively as "The First Unity," took on the mission and declared himself the originator of the new faith, the absent Imām whose appearance the Báb had predicted. He distanced his master's teachings from their literal mysticism, presenting them in a more refined and organized way. According to him, the Absolute Reality is not a person; it is an eternal living Essence, to which we refer as Truth and Love only because those are the highest ideas we can grasp. The Living Essence manifests itself through the Universe to create within it atoms or centers of consciousness, which, as Dr. McTaggart would describe, represent a further specification of the Hegelian Absolute. Each of these simple, undifferentiated centers of consciousness contains a spark of the Absolute Light itself, and the perfection of the spirit lies in gradually realizing, through interaction with the individualizing principle—matter—its emotional and intellectual potentials, thus uncovering its own profound existence—the ray of eternal Love concealed by its connection with consciousness. Therefore, the essence of humanity is not reason or consciousness; it is this ray of Love—the source of all noble and selfless actions—which defines the true individual. The impact of Mulla Ṣadrā's idea of the incorporeality of Imagination is evident here. According to Mulla Ṣadrā, reason, which ranks higher than Imagination in the evolution hierarchy, is not a necessary condition for immortality. Every form of life possesses an immortal spiritual aspect, the ray of Eternal Love, which is not inherently tied to self-consciousness or reason and continues after the body dies. For Bahá'u'lláh, salvation lies in discovering the essence of love hidden within the atoms of consciousness, while for Buddha, it consists of eliminating desire to starve the mind-atoms. However, both agree that after death, thoughts and personalities remain in the spiritual realm, subject to similar forces, waiting for another chance to find a suitable physical form to continue the journey of discovery (Bahá'u'lláh) or destruction (Buddha). To Bahá'u'lláh, the concept of Love surpasses that of Will. Schopenhauer viewed reality as Will, which was compelled to manifest due to a sinful tendency inherent in nature. Love or Will, according to both, exists in every life atom; however, the reason for its presence varies: one is the joy of self-expansion, and the other is an inexplicable evil inclination. Schopenhauer proposes certain temporal ideas to explain how the Primordial Will manifests, whereas Bahá'u'lláh, as far as I can tell, does not clarify the principle by which the self-manifestation of Eternal Love is realized in the Universe.
FOOTNOTES:
[178:1] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 6.
[178:2] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 8.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Secrets of Wisdom; p. 8.
[179:1] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 8.
[179:2] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 10.
[181:1] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 151.
[181:2] Asrār al-Ḥikam; p. 6.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Secrets of Wisdom; p. 6.
[188:1] Sūra 23; v. 14.
Sura 23; v. 14.
CONCLUSION.
Let us now briefly sum up the results of our survey. We have seen that the Persian mind had to struggle against two different kinds of Dualism—pre-Islamic Magian Dualism, and post-Islamic Greek Dualism, though the fundamental problem of the diversity of things remains essentially the same. The attitude of the pre-Islamic Persian thinkers is thoroughly objective, and hence the results of their intellectual efforts are more or less materialistic. The Pre-Islamic thinkers, however, clearly perceived that the original Principle must be dynamically conceived. With Zoroaster both the primary spirits are "active", with Mānī the principle of Light is passive, and the principle of Darkness is aggressive. But their analysis of the various elements which constitute the Universe is ridiculously meagre; their conception of the [Pg 193] Universe is most defective on its statical side. There are, therefore, two weak points in their systems:—
Let’s briefly summarize the results of our survey. We’ve seen that the Persian mind struggled with two types of Dualism—pre-Islamic Magian Dualism and post-Islamic Greek Dualism—though the core issue of the diversity of things remains fundamentally the same. The attitude of the pre-Islamic Persian thinkers is completely objective, so the outcomes of their intellectual efforts are somewhat materialistic. However, the pre-Islamic thinkers clearly recognized that the original Principle must be understood dynamically. With Zoroaster, both primary spirits are “active,” while in Mānī, the principle of Light is passive and the principle of Darkness is aggressive. Yet, their analysis of the various elements that make up the Universe is laughably sparse; their understanding of the Universe is severely lacking on its static side. Therefore, there are two weak points in their systems:—
1. Naked Dualism.
Naked Dualism.
2. Lack of analysis.
2. No analysis.
The first was remedied by Islām; the second by the introduction of Greek Philosophy. The advent of Islām and the study of Greek philosophy, however, checked the indigenous tendency towards monistic thought; but these two forces contributed to change the objective attitude characteristic of early thinkers, and aroused the slumbering subjectivity, which eventually reached its climax in the extreme Pantheism of some of the Ṣūfī schools. Al-Fārābī endeavoured to get rid of the dualism between God and matter, by reducing matter to a mere confused perception of the spirit; the Ash‘arite denied it altogether, and maintained a thoroughgoing Idealism. The followers of Aristotle continued to stick to their master's Prima Materia; the Ṣūfīs looked upon the material universe as a mere illusion, or a necessary "other," for the self-knowledge of God. It can, however, be safely stated that with the Ash‘arite [Pg 194] Idealism, the Persian mind got over the foreign dualism of God and matter, and, fortified with new philosophical ideas, returned to the old dualism of light and darkness. The Shaikh-al-Ishrāq combines the objective attitude of Pre-Islamic Persian thinkers with the subjective attitude of his immediate predecessors, and restates the Dualism of Zoroaster in a much more philosophical and spiritualised form. His system recognises the claims of both the subject and the object. But all these monistic systems of thought were met by the Pluralism of Wāḥid Maḥmūd, who taught that reality is not one, but many—primary living units which combine in various ways, and gradually rise to perfection by passing through an ascending scale of forms. The reaction of Wāḥid Maḥmūd was, however, an ephemeral phenomenon. The later Sūfīs as well as philosophers proper gradually transformed or abandoned the Neo-Platonic theory of Emanation, and in later thinkers we see a movement through Neo-Platonism towards real Platonism which is approached by Mulla Hādī's Philosophy. But pure speculation and dreamy mysticism undergo [Pg 195] a powerful check in Bābism which, unmindful of persecution, synthesises all the inherited philosophical and religious tendencies, and rouses the spirit to a consciousness of the stern reality of things. Though extremely cosmopolitan and hence quite unpatriotic in character, it has yet had a great influence over the Persian mind. The unmystic character and the practical tone of Bābism may have been a remote cause of the progress of recent political reform in Persia.
The first was addressed by Islam; the second by the introduction of Greek philosophy. However, the arrival of Islam and the study of Greek philosophy stifled the local inclination towards monistic thought; yet these two forces helped shift the objective perspective typical of early thinkers and awakened the dormant subjectivity, which eventually peaked in the extreme pantheism of some Sufi schools. Al-Fārābī tried to eliminate the dualism between God and matter by reducing matter to just a confused perception of the spirit; the Ash'arites denied it entirely, advocating for a thorough idealism. Aristotle's followers held onto their master's concept of Prima Materia; the Sufis viewed the material universe as merely an illusion or a necessary "other" for God's self-knowledge. Still, it's safe to say that with the Ash'arite idealism, the Persian mindset overcame the foreign dualism of God and matter, and, bolstered by new philosophical ideas, returned to the traditional dualism of light and darkness. The Shaykh-al-Ishraq combined the objective stance of pre-Islamic Persian thinkers with the subjective approach of his immediate predecessors, restating Zoroaster's dualism in a more philosophical and spiritualized way. His system acknowledges the importance of both the subject and the object. But all these monistic systems of thought faced opposition from the pluralism of Wāḥid Maḥmūd, who taught that reality is not singular but made up of many primary living units that combine in different ways and gradually reach perfection through a hierarchy of forms. However, Wāḥid Maḥmūd's reaction was a fleeting phenomenon. The later Sufis and philosophers gradually transformed or abandoned the Neo-Platonic theory of emanation, and in later thinkers, we see a shift from Neo-Platonism towards genuine Platonism, approached by Mulla Hādī's philosophy. Yet pure speculation and dreamy mysticism faced a significant challenge in Bābism, which, despite persecution, synthesizes all inherited philosophical and religious trends and inspires awareness of the harsh realities of life. Although it is highly cosmopolitan and thus somewhat unpatriotic in nature, it has nevertheless had a substantial impact on the Persian mindset. The unromantic character and practical tone of Bābism may have been a distant cause of recent political reform progress in Persia.
ERRATA
P. 4, Note 4, l. 1, read Buudahish for Buudadisḥ.
P. 9, l. 10, read environment for environments.
P. 56, l. 1, read reaction for reation.
P. 61, l. 18, read considered for consided.
P. 73, l. 21, read full stop after dialectic.
P. 102, l. 1, read conditions for condition.
P. 123, l. 19, read predecessors for precessor.
P. 153, l. 21, read He-ness for an He-ness.
P. 166, l. 21, read a piece for pieee.
P. 4, Note 4, l. 1, read Buudahish for Buudadisḥ.
P. 9, l. 10, read environment for environments.
P. 56, l. 1, read reaction for reation.
P. 61, l. 18, read considered for consided.
P. 73, l. 21, read full stop after dialectic.
P. 102, l. 1, read conditions for condition.
P. 123, l. 19, read predecessors for precessor.
P. 153, l. 21, read He-ness for an He-ness.
P. 166, l. 21, read a piece for pieee.
Transcriber's Notes:
Many words appear in the text with different transcription or mark-up. They have been left as in the original.
Many words show up in the text with different spelling or formatting. They have been kept as in the original.
All occurrences of e. g., i. e., B. C., A. D. and A. H. have been replaced with e.g., i.e., B.C., A.D. and A.H., without note. Other initials have been left as in the original.
All occurrences of e.g., i.e., B.C., A.D., and A.H. have been replaced with e.g., i.e., B.C., A.D., and A.H., without note. Other initials have been left as in the original.
Errata (printed on unnumbered page, pasted before page 1) has been moved to the end of the text.
Errata (printed on unnumbered page, pasted before page 1) has been moved to the end of the text.
The following corrections have been made to the text:
The following corrections have been made to the text:
Errors noted in the Errata list have been fixed
Errors listed in the Errata have been corrected.
page IX—due perhaps to semitic[original has samitic] influences,
page IX—due perhaps to Semitic influences,
page CONTENTS—Reality as[original has as as] Beauty
page CONTENTS—Reality as Beauty
page 9—social environments[original has evironments]
page 9—social environments
page 25—introduced[original has intruduced]
page 25—introduced
page 33—Maulānā[original has Maulāna]
page 33—Maulana
page 54—necessarily[original has necssarily]
page 54—necessarily
page 54—Nazzām[original has Nazzān]
page 54—Nazzān
page 56—reaction[original has reation]
page 56—reaction
page 57—Ismā‘īlians[original has Ismā‘īliams]
page 57—Ismā‘īlians
page 61—considered[original has consided]
page 61—considered
page 61—metaphysical[original has netaphysical]
page 61—metaphysical
page 63—which,[original has period] by gradually
page 63—which, over time
page 65—Ash‘arite.[original has Ash‘arīte]
page 65—Ash‘arite.
page 69—philosophising[original has plilosophising]
page 69—philosophizing
page 74—Shahrastānī[original has Shahrastānī]
page 74—Shahrastānī
page 75—Ash‘arite[original has Ash’arite]
page 75—Ash‘arite
page 76—Ash‘arite[original has Ash‘ārite]
page 76—Ash‘arite
page 81—seem to[original has the letter t missing] be
page 81—appear to be
page 68, footnote 68:1—Ash‘aritenthums[original has Ash’aritenthums]
page 68, footnote 68:1—Ash'aritenthums
page 69, footnote 69:1—Ash‘aritenthums[original has As‘aritenthums]
page 69, footnote 69:1—Ash‘aritenthums
page 81—Ḥikmat al-‘Ain—[original has -]"Philosophy of Essence",
page 81—Ḥikmat al-‘Ain—[original has -]"Philosophy of Essence",
page 85—objectively[original has objectivily]
page 85—objectively
page 95, footnote 95:1—Commentary[original has Comentary]
page 95, footnote 95:1—Notes
page 104—restatement[original has restatemet]
page 104—restate
page 105—Ka‘bahs[original has Ka‘bāhs]
page 105—Ka'bahs
page 111—self-conscious[original has self-consious]
page 111—self-conscious
page 123—predecessors[original has precessors]
page 123—predecessors
page 124—the son of Sultan Ṣalāḥ[original has Ṣalā-Ṣalāḥ]-al Dīn
page 124—the son of Sultan Salah al-Din
page 127—visible[original has visibile]
page 127—visible
page 136—is motion.[original has comma] The distinction of past,
page 136—is motion. The distinction of past,
page 142—theory of[original has theoryof]
page 142—theory of
page 148—maintains[original has mantains]
page 148—maintains
page 158—identical[original has indentical]
page 158—identical
page 162—marks the[original has the the] first step
page 162—marks the first milestone
page 152, footnote 152:1—Insān al-Kāmil[original has Insānul Kāmul]
page 152, footnote 152:1—The Perfect Human
page 163, footnote 163:1—Notwithstanding[original has Nowithstanding]
page 163, footnote 163:1—No matter what
page 171, footnote 171:1—Insān al-Kāmil[original has Insānul Kāmil]
page 171, footnote 171:1—Perfect Human
page 180—standpoint[original has staindpoint]
page 180—perspective
page 187—Shī‘ahs[original has Shī’ahs]
page 187—Shī‘ahs
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!